Document:

EX-4.26

Exhibit 4.26

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

Dated 12 June 2008

for

CASCAL N.V.

as the Borrower

arranged by

HSBC BANK PLC

as Arranger

and

HSBC BANK PLC

acting as Agent

and

HSBC BANK PLC

acting as Security Agent

and

HSBC BANK PLC

acting as Issuing Bank

RELATING TO A FACILITY AGREEMENT ORIGINALLY DATED 25 JUNE 2007, AS AMENDED

AND RESTATED ON 2 NOVEMBER 2007 AND AS FURTHER AMENDED ON 19 NOVEMBER 2007

Ref: Neil Harnby/Nicholas Zaklama

Linklaters LLP

 

 

CONTENTS

	 	 	 
	CLAUSE	 	PAGE
	 
	 	 
	1.     DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
	 	1
	2.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
	 	2
	3.     REPRESENTATIONS
	 	2
	4.     AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
	 	2
	5.     TRANSACTION EXPENSES
	 	3
	6.     FEES
	 	3
	7.     MISCELLANEOUS
	 	3
	8.     GOVERNING LAW
	 	3
	SCHEDULE 1 THE ORIGINAL GUARANTORS
	 	4
	SCHEDULE 2 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
	 	5
	SCHEDULE 3 FORM OF AMENDED AGREEMENT
	 	7

(i)

 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 12 June 2008 and made between:

	(1)	 	CASCAL N.V. (the “Borrower”);
	 
	(2)	 	CASCAL SERVICES LIMITED as an Obligor (“CSL”);
	 
	(3)	 	THE COMPANIES listed in Schedule 1 as original guarantors (the “Original Guarantors”);
	 
	(4)	 	BIWATER INVESTMENTS LIMITED (the “Former Guarantor”);
	 
	(5)	 	HSBC BANK PLC as mandated lead arranger (the “Arranger”);
	 
	(6)	 	HSBC BANK PLC as lender (the “Original Lender”);
	 
	(7)	 	HSBC BANK PLC as facility agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”);
	 
	(8)	 	HSBC BANK PLC as security agent for the Secured Parties (the “Security Agent”); and
	 
	(9)	 	HSBC BANK PLC as issuer of the Bank Guarantee (the “Issuing Bank”).

WHEREAS

	(A)	 	The Parties (as defined below) entered into a US$30,000,000 facility agreement originally
dated 25 June 2007, as amended and restated on 2 November 2007 and as further amended on 19
November 2007 (the “Original Facility Agreement”).
	 
	(B)	 	The Borrower now wishes to and the Finance Parties have agreed to amend and restate the
Original Facility Agreement so that it can be increased and used for the purposes more fully
described in clause 3.1 (Purpose) of the Amended Agreement (as defined below).
	 
	(C)	 	The Parties now wish, therefore, to enter into this Agreement to record their agreement to
the terms set out below.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

	1.	 	DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
	 
	1.1	 	Definitions
	 
	 	 	In this Agreement:
	 
	 	 	“Amended Agreement” means the Original Facility Agreement, as amended and restated in the
form set out in Schedule 3 (Form of Amended Agreement).
	 
	 	 	“Effective Date” means the date of the notification by the Agent under Clause 2 (Conditions
Precedent) or such other date as the Borrower and the Agent may agree.
	 
	 	 	“New Finance Documents” means this Agreement, the Amended Agreement and the Fee Letter
referred to in Clause 6 (Fees) and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the
Borrower.
	 
	 	 	“Party” means a party to this Agreement.
	 
	1.2	 	Incorporation of defined terms
	 
	(a)	 	Unless a contrary indication appears, a term defined in the Amended Agreement has the same
meaning in this Agreement.
	 
	(b)	 	The principles of construction set out in the Amended Agreement shall have effect as if set
out in this Agreement.
	 
	1.3	 	Clauses
	 
	 	 	In this Agreement any reference to a “Clause” or a “Schedule” is, unless the context
otherwise requires, a reference to a Clause of or a Schedule to this Agreement.

1

 

	1.4	 	Third Party Rights
	 
	 	 	A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of
Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
	 
	1.5	 	Designation
	 
	 	 	In accordance with the Original Facility Agreement, the Borrower and the Agent designate each
of the New Finance Documents as a Finance Document under the Amended Agreement.
	 
	2.	 	CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
	 
	 	 	The provisions of Clause 4 (Amendment and Restatement) shall be effective only once the Agent
has received all the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent)
in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the
Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.
	 
	3.	 	REPRESENTATIONS
	 
	 	 	Each Obligor makes the Repeating Representations, and the representations and warranties in
clause 20.7 (No filing or stamp taxes), 20.14 (Security) and 20.21 (Shares) of the Original
Facility Agreement, by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing:

	 	(a)	 	on the date of this Agreement; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	on the Effective Date,

	 	 	but as if references in clause 20 (Representations) to the Original Facility Agreement are
instead references to this Agreement and, on the Effective Date, references to the Amended
Agreement.
	 
	4.	 	AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
	 
	4.1	 	Amendment and Restatement
	 
	 	 	With effect from the Effective Date, the Original Facility Agreement shall be amended and
restated in the form set out in Schedule 3 (Form of Amended Agreement).
	 
	4.2	 	Continuing obligations
	 
	 	 	The provisions of the Original Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall, save
as amended by this Agreement, continue in full force and effect.
	 
	4.3	 	Confirmation of Guarantee and Indemnity
	 
	 	 	Each Original Guarantor confirms that the provisions of the guarantee and indemnity contained
in clause 19 of the Original Facility Agreement shall continue and remain in full force and
effect on and after the Effective Date and shall extend to the obligations of the Obligors
under the Finance Documents as amended and restated by this Agreement.
	 
	4.4	 	Former Guarantor
	 
	(a)	 	On and from the Effective Date, the Former Guarantor’s rights and obligations under the
Original Facility Agreement shall be terminated and the Former Guarantor shall not be a party
to the Amended Agreement.
	 
	(b)	 	For the purposes of this Clause 4.4, the provisions of clause 27.4 (Resignation of Guarantor)
of the Amended Agreement shall be deemed to have been complied with.

2

 

	5.	 	TRANSACTION EXPENSES
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall promptly on demand reimburse the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent
and the Issuing Bank for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees)
reasonably incurred by the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent and the Issuing Bank in
connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing and execution of this Agreement and
any other documents referred to in this Agreement.
	 
	6.	 	FEES
	 
	 	 	The Parties agree to enter into a new Fee Letter reflecting the terms of the new fee
arrangements set out in the Amended Agreement and otherwise agreed between the Parties and
upon execution of the new Fee Letter the Arranger, Agent, Security Agent and Issuing Bank
agree to waive any fees due and payable under any Fee Letter executed prior to the date of
this Agreement.
	 
	7.	 	MISCELLANEOUS
	 
	7.1	 	Incorporation of terms
	 
	 	 	The provisions of clause 36 (Notices) and clause 43 (Enforcement) of the Original Facility
Agreement shall be incorporated into this Agreement as if set out in full in this Agreement
and as if references in those clauses to “this Agreement” are references to this Agreement.
	 
	7.2	 	Counterparts
	 
	 	 	This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as
if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.
	 
	8.	 	GOVERNING LAW
	 
	 	 	This Agreement is governed by English law.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

3

 

SCHEDULE 1

The Original Guarantors

	 	 	 	 	 
	Name of Original Guarantor	 	Jurisdiction of Incorporation	 	Registration Number (or
	 	 	 	 	equivalent, if any)
	BWS Finance Limited

	 	England and Wales
	 	05471977 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Cascal Investments Limited

	 	England and Wales
	 	02215221 

4

 

SCHEDULE 2

Conditions Precedent

	1.	 	Obligors
	 
	(a)	 	A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor (in relation to the Borrower, its deed
of incorporation, articles of association and extract from the Dutch trade register
(handelsregister)) or a certificate of an authorised signatory of each Obligor certifying that
the constitutional documents previously delivered to the Agent for the purposes of the
Original Facility Agreement have not been amended and remain in full force and effect as at
the date of this Agreement.
	 
	(b)	 	A copy of a resolution of the board of directors or equivalent body of each Obligor and the
Former Guarantor:

	 	(i)	 	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement and
resolving that it execute this Agreement;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	authorising a specified person or persons to execute this Agreement on its
behalf;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or
despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to
be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the New Finance Documents
to which it is a party; and
	 
	 	(iv)	 	in relation to the Borrower:

	 	(A)	 	stating that entering into this Agreement is allowed by the
Borrower’s articles of association, and serves the best interest of the Borrower
in the meaning of section 2:7 Dutch Civil Code (or equivalent legislation in its
Relevant Jurisdiction if applicable), in form and substance acceptable to the
Agent;
	 
	 	(B)	 	including a confirmation that it does not have a works council
(ondernemingsraad); and
	 
	 	(C)	 	confirming that there is no conflict of interest or, if there is,
that the general meeting of shareholders has not appointed any other person to
act for the Borrower with regard to the transaction.

	(c)	 	A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in
paragraph (b) above.
	 
	(d)	 	A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor certifying that each copy
document relating to it specified in this Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force
and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.
	 
	(e)	 	A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Guarantor,
approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement.
	 
	2.	 	Other documents and evidence
	 
	(a)	 	Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 5
(Transaction expenses) and Clause 6 (Fees) of this Agreement and clause 13 (Fees) of the
Amended Agreement (as applicable) have been paid.

5

 

	(b)	 	A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent
considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in
connection with the entry into and performance of the transaction contemplated by this
Agreement or for the validity and enforceability of this Agreement.
	 
	(c)	 	A certified copy of the latest financial statements for each Obligor if not already received
by the Agent.
	 
	3.	 	Accession documents
	 
	 	 	An original Accession Letter executed by CSL under the terms of which CSL accedes to the
Original Facility Agreement as an Additional Guarantor.

6

 

SCHEDULE 3

Form of Amended Agreement

7

 

EXECUTION VERSION

US$70,000,000

FACILITY AGREEMENT

Dated 25 June 2007

as amended and restated on 2 November 2007, as further amended on 19 November 2007 and as

further amended and restated on 12th June 2008

for

CASCAL N.V.

as Borrower

arranged by

HSBC BANK PLC

as Mandated Lead Arranger

and

HSBC BANK PLC

acting as Agent

and

HSBC BANK PLC

acting as Security Agent

and

HSBC BANK PLC

acting as Issuing Bank

Linklaters

Linklaters LLP

One Silk Street

London EC2Y 8HQ

Telephone (+44) 20 7456 2000

Facsimile (+44) 20 7456 2222

Ref Neil Harnby/Nicholas Zaklama

 

 

Table of Contents

	 	 	 	 	 
	Contents	 	Page	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 1 INTERPRETATION
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 2 THE FACILITIES
	 	 	21	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	2 THE FACILITIES
	 	 	21	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3 PURPOSE
	 	 	22	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4 CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION
	 	 	22	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 3 UTILISATION
	 	 	25	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	5 UTILISATION — REVOLVING FACILITY LOANS
	 	 	25	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6 UTILISATION — BANK GUARANTEE
	 	 	26	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	7 BANK GUARANTEE
	 	 	29	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 4 REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
	 	 	33	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	8 REPAYMENT OF REVOLVING FACILITY LOANS AND BANK GUARANTEES
	 	 	33	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	9 PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
	 	 	33	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 5 COSTS OF UTILISATION
	 	 	40	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	10 INTEREST
	 	 	40	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11 INTEREST PERIODS
	 	 	41	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	12 CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST
	 	 	41	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	13 FEES
	 	 	42	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 6 ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS
	 	 	44	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	14 TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES
	 	 	44	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	15 INCREASED COSTS
	 	 	48	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	16 OTHER INDEMNITIES
	 	 	49	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	17 MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS
	 	 	50	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	18 COSTS AND EXPENSES
	 	 	50	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 7 GUARANTEE AND SECURITY
	 	 	52	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	19 GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY
	 	 	52	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 8 REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	 	 	56	 

i

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	20 REPRESENTATIONS
	 	 	56	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	21 INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS
	 	 	62	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	22 FINANCIAL COVENANTS
	 	 	67	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	23 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
	 	 	70	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	24 CSL ADDITIONAL COVENANTS AND UNDERTAKINGS
	 	 	76	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	25 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	 	 	77	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 9 CHANGES TO PARTIES
	 	 	82	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	26 CHANGES TO THE LENDERS
	 	 	82	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	27 CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS
	 	 	85	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 10 THE FINANCE PARTIES
	 	 	87	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	28 ROLE OF THE AGENT AND THE ARRANGER
	 	 	87	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	29 ROLE OF THE SECURITY AGENT
	 	 	92	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	30 EXPENSES
	 	 	97	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	31 ORDER OF APPLICATION
	 	 	97	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	32 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES
	 	 	97	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	33 SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES
	 	 	98	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 11 ADMINISTRATION
	 	 	100	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	34 PAYMENT MECHANICS
	 	 	100	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	35 SET-OFF
	 	 	103	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	36 NOTICES
	 	 	103	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	37 CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES
	 	 	104	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	38 PARTIAL INVALIDITY
	 	 	105	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	39 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
	 	 	105	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	40 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
	 	 	105	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	41 COUNTERPARTS
	 	 	106	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 12 GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT
	 	 	107	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	42 GOVERNING LAW
	 	 	107	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	43 ENFORCEMENT
	 	 	107	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SCHEDULE 1 THE ORIGINAL PARTIES
	 	 	108	 
	 
	 	 	 	 

ii

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	PART I THE ORIGINAL OBLIGORS
	 	 	108	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	PART II THE ORIGINAL LENDERS
	 	 	109	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SCHEDULE 2 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
	 	 	110	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	PART I CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO SIGNING
	 	 	110	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	PART II CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL UTILISATION
	 	 	112	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	PART III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO UTILISATION FOLLOWING THE AMENDMENT DATE
	 	 	115	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	PART IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT REQUIRED TO BE DELIVERED BY AN ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR
	 	 	118	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SCHEDULE 3 REQUESTS PART I UTILISATION REQUEST REVOLVING FACILITY LOANS
	 	 	120	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	PART II UTILISATION REQUEST BANK GUARANTEE
	 	 	121	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SCHEDULE 4 MANDATORY COST FORMULAE
	 	 	122	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SCHEDULE 5 FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
	 	 	125	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SCHEDULE 6 FORM OF ACCESSION LETTER
	 	 	127	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SCHEDULE 7 FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
	 	 	129	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SCHEDULE 8 TIMETABLES PART I REVOLVING FACILITY LOANS
	 	 	131	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	PART II BANK GUARANTEE
	 	 	132	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SCHEDULE 10 SECURITY AGENCY PROVISIONS
	 	 	134	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SCHEDULE 11 EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS
	 	 	138	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SCHEDULE 12 EXISTING SECURITY
	 	 	141	 

iii

 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 25 June 2007, as amended and restated on 2 November 2007, as further
amended on 19 November 2007 and as further amended and restated on 12 June 2008 and made between:

	(1)	 	CASCAL N.V. (the “Borrower”);
	 
	(2)	 	THE COMPANIES listed in Part I of Schedule 1 as original guarantors (the “Original
Guarantors”);
	 
	(3)	 	HSBC BANK PLC as mandated lead arranger (the “Arranger”);
	 
	(4)	 	THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part II of Schedule 1 as lenders (the “Original
Lenders”);
	 
	(5)	 	HSBC BANK PLC as facility agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”);
	 
	(6)	 	HSBC BANK PLC as security agent for the Finance Parties (the “Security Agent”); and
	 
	(7)	 	HSBC BANK PLC as issuer of the Bank Guarantee (the “Issuing Bank”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

	1	 	DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
	 
	1.1	 	Definitions
	 
	 	 	In this Agreement:
	 
	 	 	“Acceleration Date” means the date (if any) on which the Agent gives a notice under Clause
25.21 (Acceleration);
	 
	 	 	“Accession Letter” means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of
Accession Letter);
	 
	 	 	“Accounting Month” means each period of approximately thirty days ending on the last day of
each calendar month in any financial year of the Borrower;
	 
	 	 	“Accounting Quarter” means each period of three Accounting Months ending on 31 March, 30 June,
30 September and 31 December in any financial year of the Borrower;
	 
	 	 	“Additional Cost Rate” has the meaning given to it in Schedule 4 (Mandatory Cost formulae);
	 
	 	 	“Additional Guarantor” means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance
with Clause 27 (Changes to the Obligors) ;
	 
	 	 	“Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company
of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company;
	 
	 	 	“Agreed Form” means, in relation to a document, that:

	 	(a)	 	it is in a form initialled by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Agent on or
before the signing of this Agreement for the purposes of identification; or

1

 

	 	(b)	 	if not falling within paragraph (a), it is in form and substance satisfactory to
the Agent (acting reasonably) and initialled by or on behalf of the Agent for the
purposes of identification;

“Amendment Agreement” means an amendment agreement dated 12 June 2008 made between, amongst
others, the Borrower, the Original Lenders, the Agent and the Security Agent;

“Amendment Date” means the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrower and Lenders that each
of the conditions precedent under the Amendment Agreement have been satisfied pursuant to
clauses 2 (Conditions Precedent) and 4 (Amendment and Restatement) of the Amendment Agreement;

“Applicable Accounting Principles” means Dutch GAAP and practices and financial reference
periods used in the Original Financial Statements;

“Applicable Rate” means in relation to any overdue amount, the rate which would have been
payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Revolving
Facility Loan in US Dollars of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a
duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably);

“Artesian Facilities” means any of the facilities entered into between BWH plc and The Royal
Bank of Scotland and which are novated to Artesian Finance plc or Artesian Finance II plc as
part of the securitisation programme for raising funds for BWH plc;

“Authorisation” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption,
filing, notarisation or registration;

“Availability Period” means, in relation to the Facilities, the period from and including the
date of this Agreement to and including 31 March 2010;

“Available Commitment” means, in relation to a proposed Utilisation under a Facility, a
Lender’s Commitment under that Facility minus:

	 	(a)	 	the amount of its participation in any outstanding Utilisations; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any
Utilisations that are due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date;

other than that Lender’s participation in any Utilisations that are due to be repaid or
prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date;

“Available Facility” means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of
each Lender’s Available Commitment in respect of that Facility;

“Bank Guarantee” means a bank guarantee substantially in an Agreed Form;

“Base Currency” means United States dollars;

“Base Currency Amount” means, in relation to a Guarantee Facility Utilisation, the amount
specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by the Borrower for that Guarantee Facility
Utilisation (or, if the amount requested is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount
converted into the Base Currency at the Lender’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is
three Business Days before the Utilisation Date or, if later, on the date the Lender receives
the Utilisation Request) adjusted to reflect any repayment;

“Break Costs” means the amount (if any) by which:

2

 

	 	(a)	 	the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the
period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Revolving
Facility Loan, a Bank Guarantee or an Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest
Period in respect of that Revolving Facility Loan, Bank Guarantee or Unpaid Sum, had the
principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest
Period;

exceeds:

	 	(b)	 	the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to
the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the
Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or
recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period;

“BSTID” means the Borrower Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed dated 20 April 2005 as
amended by a deed of amendment and restatement dated 30 April 2008;

“Budget” means the initial budget of the Borrower in the Agreed Form;

“Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for
general business in London and New York;

“Business Plan” means the business plan in relation to an acquisition for which the Total
Consideration exceeds US$40,000,000 prepared by the Borrower and in the Agreed Form;

“BWH Holdings” means Bournemouth & West Hampshire Water Holdings Limited;

“BWHW Group” means Bournemouth and West Hampshire Water Group Limited;

“BWH plc” means Bournemouth & West Hampshire Water plc;

“Calculation Date” means the last day of an Accounting Quarter;

“Capital Expenditure” means any expenditure which should in accordance with the Applicable
Accounting Principles be treated as capital expenditure in the audited consolidated financial
statements of the Group;

“Cash” means any credit balance on any deposit, savings, current or other account, and any
cash in hand, which is:

	 	(a)	 	freely withdrawable on demand;
	 
	 	(b)	 	not subject to any Security (other than pursuant to any Security Document);
	 
	 	(c)	 	denominated and payable in freely transferable and freely convertible currency; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	capable of being remitted to an Obligor in the United Kingdom;

“Cash Equivalent Investments” means:

	 	(a)	 	securities with a maturity of less than 12 months from the date of acquisition
issued or fully guaranteed or fully insured by the Government of the United States or any
member state of the European Union which is rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s
Ratings Group or P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;

3

 

	 	(b)	 	commercial paper or other debt securities issued by an issuer rated at least A-1 by
Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and with a
maturity of less than 12 months; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	certificates of deposit or time deposits of any commercial bank (which has
outstanding debt securities rated as referred to in paragraph (b)) and with a maturity of
less than three months,

in each case not subject to any Security or Quasi Security (other than pursuant to any
Security Document), denominated and payable in freely transferable and freely convertible
currency and the proceeds of which are capable of being remitted to an Obligor in the United
Kingdom;

“Cash Flow” has the meaning given to it in Clause 22 (Financial covenants);

“Charged Assets” means the assets over which Security is expressed to be created pursuant to
any Security Document;

“Chargor” means any person expressed to create Security pursuant to any Security Document;

“Chief Financial Officer” means Steve Hollinshead and any replacement chief financial officer
(or equivalent officer, as appropriate) from time to time of the Borrower;

“CIL” means Cascal Investments Limited (formerly Biwater Supply Limited);

“Collection Account” means the account of the Borrower with HSBC Bank plc, account number
67634020 with sort code 400515, Account Title: Cascal N.V. Collection Account or such other
account as the Borrower, the Agent and the Security Agent may from time to time agree in
writing;

“Collection Date” has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.10 (Collection Account);

“Commitment” means a Guarantee Facility Commitment or a Revolving Facility Commitment;

“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7
(Form of Compliance Certificate);

“Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in the form
agreed between the Borrower and the Arranger on or prior to the date of this Agreement or in
any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Agent;

“CSL” means Cascal Services Limited;

“CWC” means The China Water Company Limited;

“Debt Service” has the meaning given to it in Clause 22 (Financial covenants);

“Default” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 25
(Events of Default) which would (with the lapse of time, the giving of notice, the making of
any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be
an Event of Default;

“Default Interest Rate” means a rate which, subject to Clause 10.3(b), is the sum of:

	 	(a)	 	the Applicable Rate; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	one per cent. per annum;

4

 

“Discharge Date” means the date on which the Security Agent is satisfied that all obligations
under the Finance Documents have been fully and irrevocably paid and discharged and all
commitments of the Finance Parties under this Agreement have expired or been cancelled;

“Disruption Event” means either or both of:

	 	(a)	 	a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those
financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to
be made in connection with the Facilities (or otherwise in order for the transactions
contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused
by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or
systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing
that, or any other Party:

	 	(i)	 	from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of
the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party
whose operations are disrupted;

“Dormant Company” means a company:

	 	(a)	 	which has been dormant since its incorporation or since the end of its previous
financial year (and for this purpose “dormant” has the meaning given to it in Section 249
AA(4) of the Companies Act 1985 with regard to financial years beginning before 6 April
2008 and Section 1169 of the Companies Act 2006 for financial years beginning on and
after 6 April 2008); and
	 
	 	(b)	 	which holds no shares in any other person (other than another Dormant Company).

“Dutch Company” means any Obligor or any Subsidiary of such Obligor incorporated in the
Netherlands;

“Dutch Financial Supervision Act” means the Dutch Financial Supervision Act (Wet op het
financieel toezicht) dated 28 September 2006 published in the Dutch government gazette nr. 475
on 31 October 2006, as amended from time to time;

“Dutch GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, standards and practices in the
Netherlands;

“Dutch Guarantor” means any Guarantor incorporated in the Netherlands;

“Dutch Obligor” means any Obligor incorporated in the Netherlands;

“EBITDA” has the meaning given to it in Clause 22 (Financial covenants);

“English Companies” means each Obligor and its Subsidiaries incorporated in England and Wales;

“Environment” means living organisms including the ecological systems of which they form part
and the following media:

5

 

	 	(a)	 	air (including air within natural or man-made structures, whether above or below
ground);
	 
	 	(b)	 	water (including territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land
and water in drains and sewers); and
	 
	 	(c)	 	land (including land under water);

“Environmental Law” means all laws and regulations of any relevant jurisdiction which:

	 	(a)	 	have as a purpose or effect the protection of, and/or prevention of harm or damage
to, the Environment;
	 
	 	(b)	 	provide remedies or compensation for harm or damage to the Environment; or
	 
	 	(c)	 	relate to Hazardous Substances or health and safety matters;

“Environmental Licence” means any Authorisation required at any time under Environmental Law;

“€” or “Euro” means the single currency unit of the Participating Member States;

“Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 25 (Events of
Default);

“Existing Indebtedness” means the Financial Indebtedness of the Group evidenced by the
agreements set out in Schedule 11 (Existing Indebtedness) in the form they are in on the date
of this Agreement without any further increase or other amendment that could result in
increased liability, obligations or Financial Indebtedness for the relevant Group Member;

“Existing Security” means any Security granted pursuant to the agreements set out in Schedule
12 (Existing Security) in the form they are in on the date of this Agreement without any
further amendment;

“Facility” means the Revolving Facility or the Guarantee Facility;

“Facility Office” means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on
or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five
Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its
obligations under this Agreement;

“Fee Letter” means the letter dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the
Arranger, the Agent, the Security Agent and the Borrower setting out the fees referred to in
Clause 13 (Fees);

“Final IPO Date” means 28 February 2008 or such other date that the Lenders may agree with the
Borrower;

“Finance Document” means this Agreement, each Accession Letter, each Security Document, the
Fee Letter, each Transfer Certificate and any other document designated as such by the Agent
and the Borrower;

“Finance Party” means each of the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank, the Lenders and the
Security Agent;

“Financial Indebtedness” means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

6

 

	 	(a)	 	moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions;
	 
	 	(b)	 	any acceptance under any acceptance credit or bill discounting facility (or
dematerialised equivalent);
	 
	 	(c)	 	any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or
any similar instrument;
	 
	 	(d)	 	the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which
would, in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles, be treated as a finance
or capital lease;
	 
	 	(e)	 	receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are
sold on a non-recourse basis);
	 
	 	(f)	 	any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or
purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;
	 
	 	(g)	 	any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or
benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any
derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account);
	 
	 	(h)	 	any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond,
standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or
financial institution in respect of an underlying liability of an entity which is not a
member of the Group which liability would fall within one of the other paragraphs of this
definition;
	 
	 	(i)	 	the amount of any liability in respect of any credit for goods and services raised
in the ordinary course of trade outstanding for more than 90 days after its customary
date of payment; and
	 
	 	(j)	 	the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee for any of the items
referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i).

“Forecast Model” means a forecast model in an Agreed Form breaking down for a two year period
the amount and source of revenue flowing into the Collection Account or the Operating Account
and the amount and the beneficiary of outgoings made out of the Operating Account which shall
be used by the Agent and the Lender(s) amongst other things to assess and measure the
anticipated cashflows of the Borrower during the term of the Facility;

“GAAP” means:

	 	(a)	 	in relation to the consolidated financial statements of the Group, Dutch GAAP; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	in relation to any member of the Group, generally accepted accounting principles,
standards and practices in its jurisdiction of incorporation;

“Group” means the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the time being;

“Group Structure Chart” means the group structure chart provided on the date of this Agreement
or any revised format presented thereafter;

“Guarantee Facility” means the guarantee facility made available under this Agreement as
described in Clause 2.1(b) (The Facilities);

7

 

“Guarantee Facility Commitment” means:

	 	(a)	 	in relation to an Original Guarantee Facility Lender, the amount in the Base
Currency set opposite its name under the heading “Guarantee Facility Commitment” in Part
I of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) and the amount of any other Guarantee Facility
Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	in relation to any other Guarantee Facility Lender, the amount in the Base Currency
of any Guarantee Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement;

“Guarantee Facility Lender” means:

	 	(a)	 	any Original Guarantee Facility Lender; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a
Guarantee Facility Lender in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Lenders),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Guarantee Facility Lender in accordance with this
Agreement.

“Guarantee Facility Utilisation” means a Bank Guarantee or a Bid Bond Utilisation;

“Guarantor” means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor;

“Hazardous Substance” means any waste, pollutant, contaminant or other substance (including
any liquid, solid, gas, ion, living organism or noise) that may be harmful to human health or
other life or the Environment or a nuisance to any person or that may make the use or
ownership of any affected land or property more costly;

“Holding Company” means, in relation to a company, corporation or other legal entity, any
other company, corporation or other legal entity in respect of which it is a Subsidiary;

“Income Tax Act” means the Income Tax Act 2007;

“Initial Utilisation Date” means the date on which the initial Utilisation under the
Facilities is, or is to be, made;

“Insolvency Event” means the occurrence of any of the events described in Clause 25.7
(Insolvency Proceedings) in relation to a member of the Group other than an Obligor;

“Insurance Proceeds” has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.5 (Mandatory prepayment -
Insurance Proceeds);

“Intellectual Property” means all trade marks, service marks, trade names, domain names,
logos, get-up, patents, inventions, registered and unregistered design rights, copyrights,
topography rights, database rights, rights in confidential information and know-how, and any
associated or similar rights anywhere in the world, which it now or in the future owns or (to
the extent of its interest) in which it now or in the future has an interest (in each case
whether registered or unregistered and including any related licences and sub-licences of the
same granted by it or to it, applications and rights to apply for the same);

“Interest Period” means, in relation to a Revolving Facility Loan or a Bank Guarantee, each
period determined in accordance with Clause 11 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an
Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 10.3 (Default interest);

8

 

“Intragroup Debt” means all present and future moneys, debts and liabilities due, owing or
incurred by any member of the Group to any other member of the Group (in each case, whether
alone or jointly, or jointly and severally, with any other person, whether actually or
contingently and whether as principal, surety or otherwise);

“IPO” means initial public offering of no less than 20 per cent. of the shares of the
Borrower;

“Joint Venture” means any joint venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated firm,
undertaking, joint venture, association, partnership or any other entity;

“Lender’s Spot Rate of Exchange” means the Lender’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of
the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about
11:00 a.m. on a particular day.;

“Lender” means a Revolving Facility Lender or a Guarantee Facility Lender;

“Liabilities” of a Chargor means all present and future moneys, debts and liabilities due,
owing or incurred by it to any Finance Party under or in connection with any Finance Document
(in each case, whether alone or jointly, or jointly and severally, with any other person,
whether actually or contingently and whether as principal, surety or otherwise);

“LIBOR” means, in relation to any Revolving Facility Loan:

	 	(a)	 	the applicable Screen Rate; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	(if no Screen Rate is available for US Dollars or Interest Period of that Revolving
Facility Loan) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places)
as supplied to the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in
the London interbank market,

as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in the currency of
that Revolving Facility Loan and for a period comparable to the Interest Period for that
Revolving Facility Loan;

“Liquidation Proceeds” has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.6 (Mandatory prepayment -
Liquidation Proceeds);

“Majority Guarantee Facility Lenders” means, at any time, a Guarantee Facility Lender or
Guarantee Facility Lenders whose Available Commitments under the Guarantee Facility and
participations in the Bank Guarantee then outstanding aggregate more than 662⁄3 per cent. of the
outstanding Bank Guarantee;

“Majority Lenders” means, at any time, a Lender or Lenders whose Available Commitments and
participations in the Utilisations then outstanding aggregate more than 662⁄3 per cent. of the
Available Facilities and all the Utilisations then outstanding. For the purpose of this
definition, the provisions of Clause 8.2 (Reduction of Revolving Facility and Guarantee
Facility) shall not apply;

“Majority Revolving Facility Lenders” means, at any time, a Revolving Facility Lender or
Revolving Facility Lenders whose Available Commitments under the Revolving Facility then
outstanding aggregate more than 662⁄3 per cent. of the Available Facility under the Revolving
Facility then outstanding;

“Mandatory Cost” means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance
with Schedule 4 (Mandatory Cost formulae);

9

 

“Margin” means the following margin which shall apply to each relevant Interest Period:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Where the ratio of Net Borrowings to EBITDA for the Borrower is:	 	Margin (per cent. per annum)
	(a)     More than 3.0:1
	 	 	2.00	 
	(b)     Between 2.5:1 and 3.0:1
	 	 	1.75	 
	(c)     Between 2.0:1 and 2.5:1
	 	 	1.50	 
	(d)     Less than 2.0:1
	 	 	1.25	 

provided that:

	 	(a)	 	if any change in margin occurs on a day which is not a Business Day, the revised
margin shall apply from the Business Day following the date on which the change of margin
occurs; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	the margin shall be the highest applicable rate above on and from the date on
which:

	 	(i)	 	an Event of Default occurs and is outstanding unless otherwise waived
by the Agent; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the Borrower fails to deliver a Compliance Certificate to the Agent
pursuant to Clause 21.3 (Compliance Certificate/Provisional Compliance).

“Margin Adjustment Dates” means the dates on which the Margin changes as set out in the
definition of Margin;

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on or material adverse change in:

	 	(a)	 	the financial condition, assets or business of any Obligor or any Regulated
Subsidiary or the consolidated financial condition, assets or business of an Obligor and
any Regulated Subsidiary;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the ability of any Obligor to perform and comply with its material obligations
under any Finance Document;
	 
	 	(c)	 	the validity, legality or enforceability of any Finance Document; or
	 
	 	(d)	 	the validity, legality or enforceability of any Security expressed to be created
pursuant to any Security Document or on the priority and ranking of any of that Security.

“Month” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically
corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

	 	(a)	 	if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end
on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there
is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that
period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month;

10

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period;

“Net Sale Proceeds” has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.4 (Mandatory prepayment — Net Sale
Proceeds);

“New Revolving Facility Transfer Amount” means an amount equal to the Lender’s Revolving
Facility Commitment on the date on which the New Revolving Commitment Lender accedes to this
Agreement pursuant to Clause 5.5(b)(i) minus US$50,000,000;

“Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.13 (Replacement of a
Non-Consenting Lender or Non-Funding Lender);

“Non-Funding Lender” has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.13 (Replacement of a
Non-Consenting Lender or Non-Funding Lender);

“Obligor” means the Borrower and each Guarantor;

“OFWAT” means the Water Services Regulation Authority;

“Operating Account” means the account of the Borrower with HSBC Bank plc account number
39632130 with sort code 400515, Account Title: Cascal N.V. — Operating Account or such other
account as the Borrower, the Agent and the Security Agent may from time to time agree in
writing;

“Optional Currency” means a currency (other than the Base Currency) which complies with the
conditions set out in Clause 4.6 (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies);

“Original Guarantee Facility Lender” means a Lender listed in Part II of Schedule 1 (The
Original Parties) as having a Guarantee Facility Commitment;

“Original Financial Statements” means:

	 	(a)	 	in relation to the Borrower, the special purpose audited consolidated financial
statements of the Group for the financial year ended March 2007; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	in relation to each Original Obligor other than the Borrower and, its audited
financial statements for its financial year ended March 2007;

“Original Obligor” means the Borrower or an Original Guarantor;

“Original Parent” means Biwater B.V.;

“Original Revolving Facility Lender” means a Lender listed in Part II of Schedule 1 (The
Original Parties) as having a Revolving Facility Commitment;

“Original Total Commitments” means the aggregate of the Total Revolving Facility Commitments
and the Total Guarantee Facility Commitments prior to the Amendment Date;

“Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Communities that adopts or
has adopted the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European
Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union;

“Party” means a party to this Agreement;

“Perfection Requirements” means the making of the appropriate registrations, filings or
notifications of the Security Documents or any other applicable jurisdiction-specific
perfection requirements as specifically contemplated by any legal opinion delivered pursuant
to Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) or Clause 27 (Changes to the Obligors);

11

 

“Permitted Acquisition” means an acquisition by any Obligor of any business or all or part of
the issued share capital of a limited liability company where:

	 	(a)	 	the total consideration (including associated costs and expenses and any Financial
Indebtedness remaining in the acquired company or business at the date of acquisition)
(the “Total Consideration”), does not exceed or is equal to US$40,000,000 (or its
equivalent in another currency or currencies);
	 
	 	(b)	 	where the Total Consideration does exceed US$40,000,000 (or its equivalent in
another currency or currencies) and the Agent, upon written request by the relevant
Obligor, accompanied by a Business Plan, consents to such acquisition,

provided that

	 	(i)	 	no Event of Default is continuing on the closing date for that
acquisition or would occur as a result of that acquisition;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the acquired company carries on, or the business is, a business
substantially the same as that carried on by the Group; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	if that acquisition is of all of the issued share capital of a limited
liability company, the relevant Obligor supplies to the Agent in sufficient copies
for all the Lenders a copy (if any) of:

	 	(A)	 	the most recent annual audited financial statements of that
company (consolidated if it has Subsidiaries); and
	 
	 	(B)	 	the most recent management accounts of that company
(consolidated if it has Subsidiaries); or

	 	(c)	 	such acquisition is made with the prior written consent of the Agent.

“Permitted Disposal” means the sale, lease, transfer or other disposal:

	 	(a)	 	of trading stock by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of trading of
the disposing entity;
	 
	 	(b)	 	of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and
quality;
	 
	 	(c)	 	of assets by an Obligor or a Regulated Subsidiary to another Obligor or Regulated
Subsidiary provided that the Security Agent is satisfied that the Finance Parties will
enjoy the same or equivalent Security over those assets;
	 
	 	(d)	 	where the aggregate consideration receivable does not exceed US$100,000 (or its
equivalent in another currency or currencies) in any financial year of the Borrower;
	 
	 	(e)	 	made on arm’s length terms in the ordinary course of trade or in connection with
arm’s length transactions entered into for a bona fide commercial purpose in furtherance
of the business;
	 
	 	(f)	 	made with the prior written consent of the Agent; or
	 
	 	(g)	 	the surrender or disposal of tax credits, losses, relief or allowances between any
member of the Group that is done on arms length terms for bona fide commercial purposes
and for full value;

12

 

“Permitted Financial Indebtedness” means:

	 	(a)	 	any Financial Indebtedness arising under any Finance Document;
	 
	 	(b)	 	any Financial Indebtedness that is Existing Indebtedness;
	 
	 	(c)	 	any Financial Indebtedness arising under a Permitted Loan or a Permitted Guarantee;
	 
	 	(d)	 	any Financial Indebtedness incurred with the prior written consent of the Agent;

“Permitted Guarantee” means:

	 	(a)	 	any guarantee arising under the Finance Documents;
	 
	 	(b)	 	any guarantee that is Existing Indebtedness;
	 
	 	(c)	 	any guarantee issued by a member of the Group which is not an Obligor or Regulated
Subsidiary (as the case may be) in respect of the Financial Indebtedness of another
member of the Group which is not an Obligor or Regulated Subsidiary (as the case may be);
	 
	 	(d)	 	any guarantee issued by a member of the Group which is not an Obligor or Regulated
Subsidiary (as the case may be) in respect of the Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor or
Regulated Subsidiary (as the case may be); or
	 
	 	(e)	 	any guarantee issued with the prior written consent of the Agent;

“Permitted Loan” means any loan made by an Obligor to another Obligor or made by a member of
the Group which is not an Obligor to another member of the Group provided that such money
shall be subordinated to this Agreement.

“Permitted Payment” means the following payments that can be made provided no Default is
existing:

	 	(a)	 	the Obligors and the Regulated Subsidiaries shall be permitted to downstream to
Group companies any new money provided that such money shall be subordinated to this
Agreement; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	the Obligors and the Regulated Subsidiaries will be permitted to inject funds into
other Obligors or Regulated Subsidiaries for the purpose of curing any default (howsoever
defined) of an Obligor or a Regulated Subsidiary on terms acceptable to the Lenders and
subject to an appropriate threshold to be agreed with the Lenders;

“Permitted Security” means:

	 	(a)	 	any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading and not
as a result of any default or omission by any member of the Group;
	 
	 	(b)	 	any retention of title arrangements and rights of set-off arising in the ordinary
course of trading with suppliers of goods to any member of the Group and not as a result
of any default or omission by any member of the Group;
	 
	 	(c)	 	any Security or Quasi Security created pursuant to any Finance Document;
	 
	 	(d)	 	any Security or Quasi Security that is Existing Security; or
	 
	 	(e)	 	any Security or Quasi Security granted with the prior written consent of the Agent;

13

 

“PMP” means a professional market party (professionele marktpartij) within the meaning of the
Dutch Financial Supervision Act;

“Prepayment Account” means the account of the Borrower with HSBC Bank plc, account number
67634039 with sort code 400515, Account Title: Cascal N.V. — Prepayment Account or such other
account as the Borrower, the Agent and the Security Agent may from time to time agree in
writing;

“Prepayment Date” has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.8 (Prepayment Account);

“Prepayment Proceeds” means Insurance Proceeds, Liquidation Proceeds, Termination Proceeds and
Net Sale Proceeds which are credited to the Prepayment Account;

“Prepayment Receipt Date” has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.8 (Prepayment Account);

“Proceeds” means all income, dividends, receivables and other payments other than Prepayment
Proceeds flowing, directly and indirectly, to the Borrower from its Subsidiaries or third
parties and which are credited to the Collection Account or the Operating Account in
accordance with the Forecast Model;

“Proportion” has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.1(a)(ii) (Utilisation — Bank Guarantee);

“Proposed Acquisitions” means the purchase by the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect
Subsidiaries of each of:

	 	(a)	 	100 per cent. of the issued share capital of Servilampa S.A. (“Target 1”);
	 
	 	(b)	 	100 per cent. of the issued share capital of Servicomunal S.A. (“Target 2”);
	 
	 	(c)	 	51 per cent. of the issued share capital EJV Company (“Target 3”) in relation to
the acquisition of the concession to provide water to the Zhumadian region of the Henan
Province in the People’s Republic of China (the “Zhumadian Concession”).

“Quasi Security” means a transaction under which any member of the Group will:

	 	(a)	 	sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are
or may be leased to or re-acquired by any other member of the Group;
	 
	 	(b)	 	sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;
	 
	 	(c)	 	enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other
account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or
	 
	 	(d)	 	enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of
raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset;

“Quotation Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be
determined two Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice
differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for
that currency will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the
Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations for that currency and period would normally be
given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation
Day will be the last of those days);

14

 

“Receipt Date” has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.10 (Collection Account);

“Reference Banks” means, in relation to LIBOR and Mandatory Cost, the principal London offices
of Lloyds TSB plc, HSBC Bank plc and Citibank, N.A. or such other banks as may be appointed by
the Agent in consultation with the Borrower;

“Refinancing” means any refinancing, regearing, deferral, restructuring, rescheduling,
repayment or extension of any existing debt by any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof;

“Registration Rights Agreement” means an agreement dated 1 January 2008 relating to
registration rights and other matters and made between the Borrower and Biwater Investments
Limited;

“Regulated Subsidiary” means each of BWH Holdings and BWH plc and any of their Subsidiaries
or, in circumstances where the business operations of either BWH Holdings and BWH plc are
transferred to another member of the Group or are being carried out by another member of the
Group, that member of the Group;

“Related Fund” means, in relation to a trust, fund or other entity, another trust, fund or
other entity which is:

	 	(a)	 	regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or
investing in loans, securities or other financial assets; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	has the same fund manager or asset manager or is owned by the same person as the
first trust, fund or other entity;

“Relevant Interbank Market” means the London interbank market;

“Relevant Jurisdiction” means, in relation to an Obligor:

	 	(a)	 	its jurisdiction of incorporation;
	 
	 	(b)	 	any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to a Security
Document is situated;
	 
	 	(c)	 	any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents
entered into by it;

“Relevant Period” has the meaning given to it in Clause 22.3 (Definitions);

“Renewal Request” has the meaning given in Clause 6.1(a)(iii);

“Repayment Date” means in relation to a Revolving Facility Loan, the last day of the Interest
Period applicable to that Revolving Facility Loan;

“Repeating Representations” means each of the representations set out in Clause 20.1 (Status)
to Clause 20.6 (Governing law and enforcement), Clause 20.8 (No default) to Clause 20.13 (No
proceedings pending or threatened), Clause 20.15 (Legal and Beneficial Ownership) to Clause
20.17 (Environmental Laws and Licences), Clause 20.19 (Group Structure) to Clause 20.20 (No
Financial Indebtedness, Guarantees or Security) and Clause 20.22 (Intellectual Property) to
Clause 20.27 (Insurances);

“Reservations” means any general principles of law limiting the obligations of any Obligor
which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4
(Conditions of Utilisation) or Clause 27 (Changes to the Obligors);

15

 

“Revolving Facility” means the revolving credit facility made available under this Agreement
as described in Clause 2.1(a)

“Revolving Facility Commitment” means:

	 	(a)	 	in relation to an Original Revolving Facility Lender, the amount set opposite its
name under the heading “Revolving Facility Commitment” in Part II of Schedule 1 (The
Original Parties) and the amount of any other Revolving Facility Commitment transferred
to it under this Agreement; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	in relation to any other Revolving Facility Lender, the amount of any Revolving
Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement;

“Revolving Facility Lender” means:

	 	(a)	 	any Original Revolving Facility Lender; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a
Revolving Facility Lender in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Lenders),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Revolving Facility Lender in accordance with this
Agreement;

“Revolving Facility Loan” means a loan made or to be made under the Revolving Facility or the
principal amount outstanding for the time being of that Revolving Facility Loan;

“Rollover Loan” means one or more Revolving Facility Loan(s):

	 	(a)	 	made or to be made on the same day that one or more maturing Revolving Facility
Loan(s) is or are due to be repaid;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the maturing Revolving
Facility Loan(s);
	 
	 	(c)	 	in the same currency as the maturing Revolving Facility Loan(s); and
	 
	 	(d)	 	made or to be made to the same Borrower for the purpose of refinancing the maturing
Revolving Facility Loan(s).

“Screen Rate” means in relation to LIBOR, the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement
Rate for US Dollars and period, displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If
the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be
available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after
consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders;

“Security” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any
obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect;

“Security Documents” means:

	 	(a)	 	the documents listed in paragraph 2 of Part II, paragraph 2 of Part III and (if
applicable) paragraph 13 of Part IV of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent); and
	 
	 	(b)	 	any other security document that may at any time be given as security for any of
the Liabilities pursuant to or in connection with any Finance Document;

“Security Property” means any property secured pursuant to a Security Document;

16

 

“Specified Time” means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 8 (Timetables);

“£” or “Sterling” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom;

“Subsidiary” means in relation to any company, corporation or other legal entity, (a “holding
company”), a company, corporation or other legal entity:

	 	(a)	 	which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the holding company;
	 
	 	(b)	 	more than half the issued share capital of which is beneficially owned, directly or
indirectly, by the holding company; or
	 
	 	(c)	 	which is a subsidiary of another Subsidiary of the holding company,

and, for this purpose, a company or corporation shall be treated as being controlled by
another if that other company or corporation is able to determine the composition of the
majority of its board of directors or equivalent body;

“Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature
(including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay
in paying any of the same);

“Taxes Act” means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988;

“Termination Date” means 31 March 2010 in relation to the Revolving Facility and 31 March 2010
or such earlier date arising pursuant to Clause 6.7 (Renewal of a Bank Guarantee) in relation
to the Guarantee Facility;

“Termination Proceeds” has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.7 (Mandatory prepayment -
Termination Proceeds);

“Total Commitments” means, subject to Clause 5.5 (Additional Uncommitted Revolving Facility
Commitments), the aggregate of the Total Revolving Facility Commitments and the Total
Guarantee Facility Commitments, being US$70,000,000 at the Amendment Date;

“Total Guarantee Facility Commitments” means the aggregate of the Guarantee Facility
Commitments, being US$10,000,000 at the Amendment Date;

“Total New Revolving Facility Commitments” means an amount of up to US$75,000,000;

“Total Revolving Facility Commitments” means, subject to Clause 5.5 (Additional Uncommitted
Revolving Facility Commitments), the aggregate of the Revolving Facility Commitments, being
US$60,000,000 at the Amendment Date;

“Transfer Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5
(Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrower;

“Transfer Date” means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:

	 	(a)	 	the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	the date on which the Agent executes the Transfer Certificate;

“Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance
Documents;

“US Dollar” and “US$” mean the lawful currency of the United States of America;

17

 

“Utilisation” means a Revolving Facility Loan or a Guarantee Facility Utilisation;

“Utilisation Date” means the date on which a Utilisation is, or is to be, made;

“Utilisation Request” means (in relation to a Revolving Facility Loan) a notice substantially
in the form set out in Part I of Schedule 3 (Requests) or (in relation to a Bank Guarantee) a
notice substantially in the form set out in Part II of Schedule 3 (Requests);

“VAT” means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any other tax of a similar nature;

	1.2	 	Construction
	 
	(a)	 	Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to:

	 	(i)	 	the “Agent”, the “Arranger”, any “Finance Party”, the “Issuing Bank”, any “Lender”,
any “Obligor”, any “Party”, any “Finance Party” or the “Security Agent” shall be
construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted
transferees;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	“assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every
description;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	the Borrower providing “cash cover” for the Bank Guarantee means the Borrower
paying an amount in US Dollars to an interest-bearing account in the name of the Borrower
and the following conditions are met:

	 	(A)	 	the account is with the Security Agent;
	 
	 	(B)	 	withdrawals from the account may only be made to pay a Finance Party
amounts due and payable to it under this Agreement in respect of that Bank
Guarantee until no amount is or may be outstanding under that Bank Guarantee; and
	 
	 	(C)	 	if the Security Agent or the Borrower has executed a security document
over that account, in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent with
which that account is held, creating a first ranking security interest over that
account;

	 	(iv)	 	the “equivalent” in any currency (the “first currency”) of any amount in another
currency (the “second currency”) shall be construed as a reference to the amount in the
first currency which could be purchased with that amount in the second currency at the
Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the first currency with the second
currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day
(or at or about such time and on such date as the Agent may from time to time reasonably
determine to be appropriate in the circumstances);
	 
	 	(v)	 	“guarantee” means any guarantee, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss,
or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any
indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or
loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such
obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet
its indebtedness;

18

 

	 	(vi)	 	a “Finance Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that
Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented,
extended, restated (however fundamentally and whether or not more onerously) or replaced
and includes any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any
facility or the addition of any new facility under that Finance Document or other
agreement or instrument;
	 
	 	(vii)	 	“indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as
surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or
contingent;
	 
	 	(viii)	 	a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or
agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership
(whether or not having separate legal personality);
	 
	 	(ix)	 	a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or
guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental
or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other
authority or organisation;
	 
	 	(x)	 	the Borrower “repaying” or “prepaying” a Bank Guarantee means:

	 	(A)	 	that Borrower providing cash cover for that Bank Guarantee;
	 
	 	(B)	 	the maximum amount payable under the Bank Guarantee being reduced in
accordance with its terms; or
	 
	 	(C)	 	the Issuing Bank being satisfied that it has no further liability under
that Bank Guarantee,

	 	 	 	and the amount by which a Bank Guarantee is repaid or prepaid under Clauses 1.2(a)(x)(A)
and 1.2(a)(x)(B) is the amount of the relevant cash cover or reduction;
	 
	 	(xi)	 	“shares” or “share capital” includes equivalent ownership interests (and
“shareholder” and similar expressions shall be construed accordingly);
	 
	 	(xii)	 	a claim being made under a Bank Guarantee, or such a claim being paid by the
Issuing Bank, shall include a reference to the inclusion of any amount due (actually or
contingently) from the Issuing Bank under that Bank Guarantee in any account taken for
the purposes of Rule 4.90 or Rule 2.85 of the Insolvency Rules 1986 in the insolvency
proceedings of the beneficiary of that Bank Guarantee or any other person.
	 
	 	(xiii)	 	a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and
	 
	 	(xiv)	 	a time of day is a reference to London or New York time.

	(b)	 	Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.
	 
	(c)	 	Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any
notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that
Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.
	 
	(d)	 	A Default or an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived.

19

 

	1.3	 	Third Party Rights
	 
	 	 	A person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act
1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
	 
	1.4	 	Dutch Companies
	 
	 	 	In this Agreement, where it relates to a Dutch Company, a reference to:

	 	(a)	 	a winding-up, administration or dissolution includes a Dutch entity being:

	 	(i)	 	declared bankrupt (failliet verklaard); or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	dissolved (ontbonden);

	 	(b)	 	a moratorium includes surseance van betaling and granted a moratorium includes
surseance verleend;
	 
	 	(c)	 	insolvency includes a bankruptcy and moratorium;
	 
	 	(d)	 	a trustee in bankruptcy includes a curator;
	 
	 	(e)	 	an administrator includes a bewindvoerder;
	 
	 	(f)	 	“security right” includes any mortgage (hypotheek), pledge (pandrecht), retention
of title arrangement (eigendomsvoorbehoud), right of retention (recht van retentie),
right to reclaim goods (recht van reclame), and, in general, any right in rem (beperkt
recht), created for the purpose of granting security (goederenrechtelijk
zekerheidsrecht);
	 
	 	(g)	 	an attachment includes a beslag; and
	 
	 	(h)	 	a subsidiary includes a dochtermaatschappij as defined in Article 2:24a of the
Dutch Civil Code.

20

 

SECTION 2

THE FACILITIES

	2	 	THE FACILITIES
	 
	2.1	 	The Facilities
	 
	 	 	Subject to the terms of this Agreement:

	 	(a)	 	the Revolving Facility Lenders make available to the Borrower a Revolving Facility
in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Revolving Facility Commitments; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	the Guarantee Facility Lenders make available to the Borrower a Multicurrency
revolving Guarantee Facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Guarantee Facility
Commitments.

	2.2	 	Finance Parties’ rights and obligations
	 
	(a)	 	The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a
Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the
obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible
for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.
	 
	(b)	 	The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are
separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance
Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.
	 
	(c)	 	A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce
its rights under the Finance Documents.
	 
	2.3	 	Obligors’ agent
	 
	(a)	 	Each Obligor (other than the Borrower) irrevocably appoints the Borrower to act on its behalf
as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:

	 	(i)	 	the Borrower on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated
by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give and receive all notices, consents
and instructions, to agree, accept and execute on its behalf all documents in connection
with the Finance Documents (including amendments and variations of and consents under any
Finance Document) and to execute any new Finance Document and to take such other action
as may be necessary or desirable under or in connection with the Finance Documents; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that
Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Borrower.

	(b)	 	Each Obligor (other than the Borrower) confirms that:

	 	(i)	 	it will be bound by any action taken by the Borrower under or in connection with
the Finance Documents; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	each Finance Party may rely on any action purported to be taken by the Borrower on
behalf of that Obligor.

21

 

	2.4	 	Acts of the Borrower
	 
	(a)	 	The respective liabilities of each of the Obligors under the Finance Documents shall not be
in any way affected by:

	 	(i)	 	any actual or purported irregularity in any act done, or failure to act, by the
Borrower;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the Borrower acting (or purporting to act) in any respect outside any authority
conferred upon it by any Obligor; or
	 
	 	(iii)	 	any actual or purported failure by, or inability of, the Borrower to inform any
Obligor of receipt by it of any notification under the Finance Documents.

	(b)	 	In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Borrower and
any other Obligor, those of the Borrower shall prevail.
	 
	3	 	PURPOSE
	 
	3.1	 	Purpose
	 
	(a)	 	The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Revolving Facility:

	 	(i)	 	towards financing the consideration payable by the Borrower for the Proposed
Acquisitions (and the Borrower irrevocably authorises and directs the Agent to make the
payments to the relevant recipients on its behalf);
	 
	 	(ii)	 	for general corporate purposes and working capital; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	the transaction expenses incurred by the Borrower and/or each Finance Party in
connection with the Finance Documents and the Proposed Acquisition.

	(b)	 	The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Guarantee Facility to enable
the Issuing Bank to issue Bank Guarantees to replace certain existing guarantees issued on
behalf of operating Subsidiaries of the Borrower which are currently secured with cash, to
issue new Bank Guarantees, to renew Bank Guarantees or for such other purpose as the Agent may
agree.
	 
	(c)	 	No amount borrowed under the Facilities shall be applied in any manner that may be illegal or
contravene any applicable law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction concerning financial
assistance by a company for the acquisition of or subscription for shares or concerning the
protection of shareholders’ capital.
	 
	3.2	 	Monitoring
	 
	 	 	No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.
	 
	4	 	CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION
	 
	4.1	 	Signing conditions precedent
	 
	 	 	This Agreement shall not be effective unless the Agent has received all of the documents and
other evidence listed in Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent. For the avoidance of doubt, the Agent has notified the Borrower and
Lenders that the conditions precedent in Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) have been
satisfied.

22

 

	4.2	 	Initial conditions precedent
	 
	 	 	The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received all of the
documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in form
and substance satisfactory to the Agent. For the avoidance of doubt, the Agent has notified
the Borrower and Lenders that the conditions precedent in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions
precedent) have been satisfied.
	 
	4.3	 	Utilisation following the Amendment Date
	 
	 	 	On or after the Amendment Date, the Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the
Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part III of Schedule 2
(Conditions precedent) in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall
notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.
	 
	4.4	 	Further conditions precedent
	 
	 	 	The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) and Clause
6.6 (Issue of a Bank Guarantee) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed
Utilisation Date:

	 	(a)	 	in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is continuing or would result
from the proposed Revolving Facility Loan and, in the case of any other Revolving
Facility Loan, no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Revolving
Facility Loan; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	in the case of any initial Utilisation, the representations and warranties set out
in Clause 20 (Representations) which are made or deemed to be made on the date of the
initial Utilisation Request and the Initial Utilisation Date in accordance with Clause
20.29 (Times when representations made) are true and, in the case of any other
Utilisation, the Repeating Representations are true.

	4.5	 	Maximum number of Utilisations
	 
	 	 	The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation:

	 	(a)	 	more than ten Revolving Facility Loans would be outstanding; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	more than ten Guarantee Facility Utilisations would be outstanding.

	4.6	 	Conditions relating to Optional Currencies
	 
	 	 	A currency will constitute an Optional Currency in relation to a Guarantee Facility
Utilisation or Revolving Facility Utilisation if:

	 	(a)	 	it is for Sterling or Euros or any other currency approved by the Lenders on or
prior to receipt by the Lenders of the relevant Utilisation Request for that Guarantee
Facility Utilisation or Revolving Facility Utilisation (as applicable); and
	 
	 	(b)	 	it is readily available in the amount required and freely convertible into the Base
Currency in the Relevant Interbank Market on the Quotation Day and the Utilisation Date
for that Guarantee Facility Utilisation or Revolving Facility Utilisation (as
applicable).

23

 

	4.7	 	Unavailability of a currency
	 
	 	 	If before 3.00 p.m. on any Quotation Day:

	 	(a)	 	the Optional Currency requested is not readily available to the Lenders in the
amount required; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	compliance with the Lenders’ obligation to make a Guarantee Facility Utilisation in
the proposed Optional Currency would contravene a law or regulation applicable to it,

the Lenders will give notice to the Borrower to that effect by 5:00 p.m. on that day. In this
event, the Lenders will be required to make the Guarantee Facility Utilisation available in
the Base Currency (in an amount equal to the Base Currency Amount).

24

 

SECTION 3

UTILISATION

	5	 	UTILISATION — REVOLVING FACILITY LOANS
	 
	5.1	 	Delivery of a Utilisation Request
	 
	 	 	The Borrower may utilise the Revolving Facility by way of a Revolving Facility Loan by
delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified
Time.
	 
	5.2	 	Completion of a Utilisation Request
	 
	(a)	 	Each Utilisation Request for a Revolving Facility Loan is irrevocable and will not be
regarded as having been duly completed unless:

	 	(i)	 	it specifies that it is for a Revolving Facility Loan;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	it identifies the Borrower;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability
Period applicable to the Revolving Facility;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount);
	 
	 	(v)	 	the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 11 (Interest Periods); and
	 
	 	(vi)	 	it specifies the account and bank (which must be in the principal financial centre
of the country of the currency of the Utilisation in which banks are open for general
business on that day or London) to which the proceeds of the Utilisation are to be
credited.

	(b)	 	Only one Revolving Facility Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.
	 
	5.3	 	Currency and amount
	 
	(a)	 	The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be US Dollars.
	 
	(b)	 	The amount of the proposed Revolving Facility Loan must be a minimum of US$1,000,000 (or, if
in an Optional Currency, an amount equivalent to US$1,000,000 when converted pursuant to
Clause 4.6(b)) for the Revolving Facility or in each case, if less, the Available Facility.
	 
	5.4	 	Lenders’ participation
	 
	(a)	 	If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender participating in the
Revolving Facility shall make its participation in each Revolving Facility Loan under the
Revolving Facility available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.
	 
	(b)	 	The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Revolving Facility Loan will be equal to
the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior
to making the Revolving Facility Loan.

25

 

	5.5	 	Additional Uncommitted Revolving Facility Commitments
	 
	(a)	 	Subject to Clauses 5.5(b) to (e), the Borrower shall have the option to increase the Total
Revolving Facility Commitments to an amount up to the Total New Revolving Facility
Commitments.
	 
	(b)	 	The Borrower may only exercise its option pursuant to Clause 5.5(a) if:

	 	(i)	 	a bank or other financial institution (the “New Revolving Commitment Lender”)
accedes by way of a Transfer Certificate to this Agreement as a New Lender pursuant to
Clause 26.1 (Assignments and transfers by the Lenders);
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the Lenders’ Revolving Facility Commitment is reduced to a maximum amount of
US$50,000,000 by way of a transfer of the New Revolving Facility Transfer Amount pursuant
to Clause 26 (Changes to Lenders) in a form acceptable to the Lenders and Part II of
Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) shall be considered to be amended accordingly;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	it pays:

	 	(A)	 	a participation fee to the New Revolving Commitment Lender in an amount
to be agreed between the Borrower, the New Revolving Commitment Lender and the
Lenders; and
	 
	 	(B)	 	a placement fee to the Lenders in an amount to be agreed between the
Borrower and the Lenders.

	(c)	 	If the conditions set out in Clause 5.5(b) have been met, each Lender (including the New
Revolving Commitment Lender) participating in the Revolving Facility shall make its
participation under the Revolving Facility available by the Utilisation Date through its
Facility Office.
	 
	(d)	 	The amount of each Lender’s (including the New Revolving Commitment Lender) participation in
each Revolving Facility Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment
to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Revolving Facility Loan.
	 
	(e)	 	The Lenders shall be entitled, with the consent of the Borrower, to make such changes to any
fees, interest or Margin payable under this Agreement as are necessary to ensure that the New
Revolving Commitment Lender accedes to this Agreement as a New Lender.
	 
	(f)	 	The Lenders agree only to approach a potential New Revolving Commitment Lender following
consultation with the Borrower.

	6	 	UTILISATION — BANK GUARANTEE
	 
	6.1	 	General
	 
	(a)	 	In this Clause 6 (Utilisation — Bank Guarantee) and Clause 7 (Bank Guarantee):

	 	(i)	 	“Expiry Date” means, for a Bank Guarantee, the last day of its Term;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	“Proportion” means, in relation to a Lender in respect of a Bank Guarantee, the
proportion (expressed as a percentage) borne by that Lender’s Available Commitment under
the

26

 

	 	 	 	Guarantee Facility to the Available Facility under the Guarantee Facility immediately
prior to the issue of that Bank Guarantee, adjusted to reflect any assignment or transfer
under this Agreement to or by that Lender;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	“Renewal Request” means a written notice delivered to the Agent in accordance with
Clause 6.7 (Renewal of a Bank Guarantee); and
	 
	 	(iv)	 	“Term” means each period determined under this Agreement for which the Issuing Bank
is under a liability under a Bank Guarantee.

	(b)	 	Any reference in this Agreement to:

	 	(i)	 	the Interest Period of a Bank Guarantee will be construed as a reference to the
Term of that Bank Guarantee;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	an amount borrowed includes any amount utilised by way of Bank Guarantee;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	a Utilisation made or to be made to the Borrower includes a Bank Guarantee issued on its behalf;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	a Lender funding its participation in a Utilisation includes a Lender participating in a Bank Guarantee;
	 
	 	(v)	 	amounts outstanding under this Agreement include amounts outstanding under or in
respect of any Bank Guarantee; and
	 
	 	(vi)	 	an outstanding amount of a Bank Guarantee at any time is the maximum amount that is
or may be payable by the Borrower in respect of that Bank Guarantee at that time.

	(c)	 	Clause 5 (Utilisation — Revolving Facility Loans) does not apply to a Utilisation by way of
Bank Guarantee.
	 
	(d)	 	In determining the amount of the Available Facility and a Lender’s Proportion of a proposed
Bank Guarantee for the purposes of this Agreement the Available Commitment of a Lender will be
calculated ignoring any cash cover provided for an outstanding Bank Guarantee.
	 
	6.2	 	Guarantee Facility availability
	 
	(a)	 	An amount of the Guarantee Facility not exceeding the Available Facility may be utilised by
way of Bank Guarantee.
	 
	(b)	 	If any Bank Guarantee is denominated in an Optional Currency, the Agent shall at regular
intervals after the date of the Bank Guarantee recalculate the Base Currency Amount of that
Bank Guarantee by notionally converting into the Base Currency the outstanding amount of that
Bank Guarantee on the basis of the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date of calculation.
	 
	(c)	 	The Borrower shall, if requested by the Agent under Clause 6.2(b), ensure that within three
Business Days sufficient Guarantee Facility Utilisations are prepaid to prevent the Base
Currency Amount of the Guarantee Facility Utilisations exceeding the Total Guarantee Facility
Commitments following any adjustment to a Base Currency Amount under Clause 6.2(b).
	 
	6.3	 	Delivery of a Utilisation Request for Bank Guarantee
	 
	 	 	The Borrower may request a Bank Guarantee to be issued by delivery to the Agent of a duly
completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

27

 

	6.4	 	Completion of a Utilisation Request for Bank Guarantee
	 
	 	 	Each Utilisation Request for a Bank Guarantee is irrevocable and will not be regarded as
having been duly completed unless:

	 	(a)	 	it specifies that it is for a Bank Guarantee;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period
applicable to the Guarantee Facility;
	 
	 	(c)	 	the currency and amount of the Bank Guarantee comply with Clause 6.5 (Currency and
amount);
	 
	 	(d)	 	the form of Bank Guarantee is attached;
	 
	 	(e)	 	the Expiry Date of the Bank Guarantee falls on or before the Termination Date
applicable to the Guarantee Facility or as otherwise consented to by the Agent;
	 
	 	(f)	 	the Term of the Bank Guarantee shall be 12 months or as otherwise consented to by
the Agent;
	 
	 	(g)	 	the delivery instructions for the Bank Guarantee are specified; and
	 
	 	(h)	 	the identity of the beneficiary of the Bank Guarantee is a beneficiary approved by
the Issuing Bank and all the Guarantee Facility Lenders.

	6.5	 	Currency and amount
	 
	(a)	 	The currency specified in a Utilisation Request for a Bank Guarantee must be the Base
Currency or an Optional Currency.
	 
	(b)	 	The amount of the proposed Bank Guarantee must be such that its Base Currency Amount is less
than or equal to the Available Commitment for the Guarantee Facility.
	 
	6.6	 	Issue of Bank Guarantee
	 
	(a)	 	If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, and subject to Clause 6.8 (Issuing
Bank right of refusal), the Issuing Bank shall issue a Bank Guarantee on the Utilisation Date.
	 
	(b)	 	The Issuing Bank will only be obliged to comply with Clause 6.6(a) if on the date of the
Utilisation Request or Renewal Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

	 	(i)	 	in the case of a Bank Guarantee renewed in accordance with Clause 6.7 (Renewal of a
Bank Guarantee), no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed
Utilisation and, in the case of any other Utilisation, no Default is continuing or would
result from the proposed Utilisation; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the Repeating Representations are true.

	(c)	 	The amount of each Guarantee Facility Lender’s participation in each Bank Guarantee will be
equal to its Proportion.
	 
	(d)	 	The Agent shall notify the Issuing Bank and each Guarantee Facility Lender of the details of
the requested Bank Guarantee and its participation in that Bank Guarantee by the Specified
Time.

28

 

	6.7	 	Renewal of a Bank Guarantee
	 
	(a)	 	The Borrower may request any Bank Guarantee issued on its behalf be renewed by delivery to
the Agent of a Renewal Request by the Specified Time.
	 
	(b)	 	The Finance Parties shall treat any Renewal Request in the same way as a Utilisation Request
for a Bank Guarantee except that the conditions set out in Clauses 6.7(d) and 6.7(g) shall not
apply.
	 
	(c)	 	The terms of each renewed Bank Guarantee shall be the same as those of the relevant Bank
Guarantee immediately prior to its renewal, except that:

	 	(i)	 	its amount may be less than the amount of the Bank Guarantee immediately prior to
its renewal; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	its Term shall start on the date which was the Expiry Date of the Bank Guarantee
immediately prior to its renewal, and shall end on the proposed Expiry Date specified in
the Renewal Request.

	(d)	 	If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, (and subject to Clause 6.8
(Issuing Bank right of refusal)) the Issuing Bank shall amend and re-issue any Bank Guarantee
pursuant to a Renewal Request.
	 
	6.8	 	Issuing Bank right of refusal
	 
	(a)	 	The Agent has the right at any time to refuse to renew or issue a Bank Guarantee and require
the Borrower to find a replacement bank to provide a replacement bank guarantee as soon as
possible but in any event no later than 30 days prior to the Expiry Date of the existing Bank
Guarantee.
	 
	(b)	 	The Borrower hereby agrees to provide a replacement bank guarantee in accordance with Clause
6.8(a).
	 
	7	 	BANK GUARANTEE
	 
	7.1	 	Immediately payable
	 
	 	 	If a Bank Guarantee or any amount outstanding under a Guarantee is expressed to be immediately
payable, the Borrower shall repay or prepay that amount immediately.
	 
	7.2	 	Claims under a Bank Guarantee
	 
	(c)	 	The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally authorises the Issuing Bank to pay any claim
made or purported to be made under a Bank Guarantee requested by it and which appears on its
face to be in order (a “claim”).
	 
	(d)	 	The Borrower shall immediately on demand pay to the Agent for the Issuing Bank an amount
equal to the amount of any claim under that Bank Guarantee.
	 
	(e)	 	The Borrower acknowledges that the Issuing Bank:

	 	(i)	 	is not obliged to carry out any investigation or seek any confirmation from any
other person before paying a claim; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	deals in documents only and will not be concerned with the legality of a claim or
any underlying transaction or any available set-off, counterclaim or other defence of any
person.

29

 

	(f)	 	The obligations of a the Borrower under this Clause 7.2 will not be affected by:

	 	(i)	 	the sufficiency, accuracy or genuineness of any claim or any other document; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	any incapacity of, or limitation on the powers of, any person signing a claim or
other document.

	7.3	 	Indemnities
	 
	(a)	 	The Borrower shall immediately on demand indemnify the Issuing Bank against any cost, loss or
liability incurred by the Issuing Bank (otherwise than by reason of the Issuing Bank’s gross
negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as the Issuing Bank under any Bank Guarantee
requested by the Borrower.
	 
	(b)	 	Each Guarantee Facility Lender shall (according to its Proportion) immediately on demand
indemnify the Issuing Bank against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Issuing Bank
(otherwise than by reason of the Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in
acting as the Issuing Bank under any Bank Guarantee (unless the Issuing Bank has been
reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).
	 
	(c)	 	If any Guarantee Facility Lender is not permitted (by its constitutional documents or any
applicable law) to comply with Clause 7.3(b), then that Lender will not be obliged to comply
with Clause 7.3(b) and shall instead be deemed to have taken, on the date the Bank Guarantee
is issued (or if later, on the date the Lender’s participation in the Bank Guarantee is
transferred or assigned to the Guarantee Facility Lender in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement), an undivided interest and participation in the Bank Guarantee in an amount equal
to its Proportion of that Bank Guarantee. On receipt of
demand from the Agent, that Guarantee Facility Lender shall pay to the Agent (for the account
of the Issuing Bank) an amount equal to its Proportion of the amount demanded.
	 
	(d)	 	The Borrower shall immediately on demand reimburse any Guarantee Facility Lender for any
payment it makes to the Issuing Bank under this Clause 7.3 in respect of that Bank Guarantee.
	 
	(e)	 	The obligations of each Guarantee Facility Lender under this Clause are continuing
obligations and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by that Guarantee Facility
Lender in respect of any Bank Guarantee, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge
in whole or in part.
	 
	(f)	 	The obligations of any Guarantee Facility Lender under this Clause will not be affected by
any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or
prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause (without limitation and whether or not
known to it or any other person) including:

	 	(i)	 	any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor, any
beneficiary under a Bank Guarantee or other person;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any
composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group or any other
person;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or
neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of,
any Obligor, any beneficiary under a Bank Guarantee or other person or any
non-

30

 

	 	 	 	presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of
any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution
or change in the members or status of an Obligor, any beneficiary under a Bank Guarantee
or any other person;
	 
	 	(v)	 	any amendment (however fundamental) or replacement of a Finance Document, any Bank
Guarantee or any other document or security;
	 
	 	(vi)	 	any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person
under any Finance Document, any Bank Guarantee or any other document or security; or
	 
	 	(vii)	 	any insolvency or similar proceedings.

	7.4	 	Rights of contribution
	 
	 	 	No Obligor will be entitled to any right of contribution or indemnity from any Finance Party
in respect of any payment it may make under this Clause 7.
	 
	7.5	 	Role of the Issuing Bank
	 
	(a)	 	Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Issuing Bank as a trustee or fiduciary of any other
person.
	 
	(b)	 	The Issuing Bank shall not be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit
element of any sum received by it for its own account.
	 
	(c)	 	The Issuing Bank may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of
banking or other business with any member of the Group or any other person.
	 
	(d)	 	The Issuing Bank may rely on:

	 	(i)	 	any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and
appropriately authorised; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person
regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or
within his power to verify.

	(e)	 	The Issuing Bank may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers,
accountants, surveyors or other experts.
	 
	(f)	 	The Issuing Bank may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and
agents.
	 
	(g)	 	The Issuing Bank is not responsible for:

	 	(i)	 	the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or
written) supplied by the Issuing Bank, the Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger, an
Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance
Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed
in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document.

31

 

	7.6	 	Exclusion of liability
	 
	(a)	 	Without limiting Clause 7.6(b), the Issuing Bank will not be liable for any action taken by
it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross
negligence or wilful misconduct.
	 
	(b)	 	No Party (other than the Issuing Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee
or agent of the Issuing Bank in respect of any claim it might have against the Issuing Bank or
in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation
to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Issuing Bank may rely on
this Clause.
	 
	7.7	 	Credit appraisal by the Lenders
	 
	 	 	Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its
behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Guarantee Facility Lender confirms to the
Issuing Bank that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own
independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any
Finance Document, including but not limited to, those listed in Clauses 28.14(a) to (d).

32

 

SECTION 4

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

	8	 	REPAYMENT OF REVOLVING FACILITY LOANS AND BANK GUARANTEES
	 
	8.1	 	Repayment of Revolving Facility Loans
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall repay each Revolving Facility Loan on the relevant Repayment Date.
	 
	8.2	 	Repayment of Bank Guarantees
	 
	(a)	 	Subject to Clause 8.2(b), the Borrower shall repay each Bank Guarantee requested by the
Borrower on the Termination Date.
	 
	(b)	 	Where the Agent has agreed that the Expiry Date for a Bank Guarantee shall extend beyond the
Termination Date the Borrower shall provide full cash cover on terms acceptable to the Agent
by the Termination Date until the Expiry Date and shall repay any such Bank Guarantee on the
Expiry Date.
	 
	(c)	 	For the avoidance of doubt, in relation to this Clause 8.2 (Repayment of Bank Guarantees)
only, the term ‘repay’ shall mean the cancellation of a Bank Guarantee in accordance with its
terms or as otherwise agreed between the Borrower and the Agent.
	 
	9	 	PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
	 
	9.1	 	Illegality
	 
	 	 	If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender or the Issuing Bank to
perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its
participation in any Utilisation:

	 	(a)	 	that Lender or the Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware
of that event;
	 
	 	(b)	 	upon the Agent notifying the Borrower:

	 	(i)	 	the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and/or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the Issuing Bank shall not be obliged to issue any Bank Guarantee;

	 	(c)	 	the Borrower shall use its best endeavours to procure the release of any
outstanding Bank Guarantee;
	 
	 	(d)	 	the Guarantee Facility shall cease to be available for the issue of a Bank
Guarantee;
	 
	 	(e)	 	the Borrower shall:

	 	(i)	 	repay that Lender’s participation in the Utilisations made to the
Borrower on the last day of the Interest Period for each Utilisation occurring
after the Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the
Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of
any applicable grace period permitted by law); and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	repay that Lender’s participation in or, as the case may be, the
Issuing Bank’s maximum contingent liability under any Bank Guarantee requested by
the Borrower on the Expiry Date of that Bank Guarantee or, if earlier, the

33

 

date
specified by the Lender or, as the case may be, the Issuing Bank in the notice
delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace
period permitted by law).

	9.2	 	Voluntary cancellation
	 
	 	 	The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than 10 Business Days’ (or such shorter
period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a
minimum amount of US$1,000,000) of an Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause
9.2 in respect of any Facility shall reduce the Commitment of each Lender rateably under that
Facility.
	 
	9.3	 	Voluntary prepayment of Revolving Facility Loans
	 
	 	 	The Borrower may if it gives the Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ (or such shorter period
as the Majority Revolving Facility Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any
part of a Revolving Facility Loan (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of
the Revolving Facility Loan by a minimum amount of US$1,000,000) and, for the avoidance of
doubt, prepayments under this Clause 9.3 shall include any interest accrued on the amount
prepaid (subject to Break Costs) without penalty.
	 
	9.4	 	Mandatory prepayment — Net Sale Proceeds
	 
	(a)	 	In this Clause 9.4:
	 
	 	 	“Net Sale Proceeds” means the cash or cash equivalent proceeds (including, when received, the
cash or cash equivalent proceeds of any deferred consideration, whether by way of adjustment
to the purchase price or otherwise, and any amount received in repayment of any Intragroup
Debt) received by a member of the Group in connection with the sale, transfer or other
disposal by any member of the Group of an asset exceeding US$100,000 (or its equivalent in
another currency or currencies) after deducting:

	 	(i)	 	fees and transaction costs properly incurred in connection with that sale, transfer
or disposal; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Taxes paid or reasonably estimated by the Borrower to be payable (as certified by
the Borrower to the Agent) as a result of that sale, transfer or disposal.

	(b)	 	Each Obligor shall ensure and shall procure that each of its Subsidiaries shall ensure that
any Net Sale Proceeds are paid into the Prepayment Account for application in accordance with
Clause 9.9 (Application of Proceeds).
	 
	(c)	 	Each Obligor shall comply with Clause 9.4(b) except that: a Regulated Subsidiary shall only
have to comply to the extent that it is permitted to do so pursuant to the terms of the BSTID.
	 
	9.5	 	Mandatory prepayment — Insurance Proceeds
	 
	(a)	 	In this Clause 9.5:
	 
	 	 	“Insurance Proceeds” means any proceeds (other than in relation to third party liabilities
that are actually applied to meet such liabilities or in relation to consequential loss
policies that are actually applied to cover operating losses, loss of profits or business
interruption or circumstances where the proceeds received are reinvested in assets comparable
or superior as to type value or quality) exceeding US$100,000 (or its equivalent in another

34

 

	 	 	currency or currencies) received by any member of the Group under or pursuant to any insurance
policy (or equivalent) after the date of this Agreement.
	 
	(b)	 	Each Obligor shall ensure and shall procure that each of its Subsidiaries shall ensure that
any Insurance Proceeds are paid into the Prepayment Account for application in accordance with
Clause 9.9 (Application of Proceeds) except that a Regulated Subsidiary shall only have to
comply to the extent that it is permitted to do so pursuant to the terms of the BSTID.
	 
	9.6	 	Mandatory prepayment — Liquidation Proceeds
	 
	(a)	 	In this Clause 9.6:
	 
	 	 	“Liquidation Proceeds” means the cash or cash equivalent proceeds (including, when received,
the cash or cash equivalent proceeds of any deferred consideration, whether by way of
adjustment to the purchase price or otherwise) received by a member of the Group in connection
with an Insolvency Event after deducting fees and transaction costs properly incurred in
connection with that Insolvency Event.
	 
	(b)	 	Each Obligor shall ensure and shall procure (subject to applicable laws and regulations) that
each of its Subsidiaries shall ensure that any Liquidation Proceeds (or an equal amount) are
paid into the Prepayment Account for application in accordance with Clause 9.9 (Application of
Proceeds).
	 
	(c)	 	Clause 9.6(b) shall apply a Regulated Subsidiary to the extent that it is permitted to do so
pursuant to the terms of the BSTID.
	 
	9.7	 	Mandatory prepayment — Termination Proceeds
	 
	(a)	 	In this Clause 9.7:
	 
	 	 	“Termination Proceeds” means the cash or cash equivalent proceeds (including, when received,
the cash or cash equivalent proceeds of any deferred consideration) received by a member of
the Group in connection with a termination payment, however defined, made in relation to any
agreements, financial or otherwise, entered into by an Obligor and its Subsidiary thereof,
after deducting any amounts required to be utilised by the relevant Obligor or Subsidiary
thereof.
	 
	(b)	 	Each Obligor shall ensure and shall procure that their Subsidiaries shall ensure that any
Termination Proceeds (or an equal amount) are paid into the Prepayment Account for application
in accordance with Clause 9.10 (Application of Proceeds).
	 
	(c)	 	Clause 9.7(b) shall apply to a Regulated Subsidiary to the extent that it is permitted to do
so pursuant to the terms of the BSTID.
	 
	9.8	 	Prepayment Account
	 
	(a)	 	Each Obligor shall ensure and procure that each of its Subsidiaries shall ensure that all
Prepayment Proceeds (or an equal amount) are paid directly into (or as soon as practicable
after receipt are transferred into) the Prepayment Account.
	 
	(b)	 	Within five Business Days after the date (the “Prepayment Receipt Date”) on which any such
Prepayment Proceeds have been received by any member of the Group (or have become Prepayment
Proceeds), the Borrower shall notify the Agent of the Prepayment Receipt Date, the amount in
US Dollars equal or equivalent to those Prepayment Proceeds

35

 

	 	 	and the proposed date of
prepayment of those Prepayment Proceeds (the “Prepayment Date”) (which must be at least five
Business Days after the date of that notice).
	 
	(c)	 	No amount may be withdrawn or transferred from the Prepayment Account except:

	 	(i)	 	to make the prepayments required under Clause 9.11 (Application of Proceeds); or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	with the prior consent of all the Lenders.

	(d)	 	The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorises the Agent to withdraw amounts credited to the
Prepayment Account and apply such amounts against cancellations and prepayments which are due
under this Agreement in accordance with Clause 9.11 (Application of Proceeds).
	 
	9.9	 	Operating Account
	 
	(a)	 	Each Obligor shall ensure and procure each of its Subsidiaries shall ensure that all Proceeds
are paid in accordance with the Forecast Model directly into (or as soon as practicable after
receipt are transferred into the Operating Account but in any event no later than the
subsequent Repayment Date.
	 
	(b)	 	The Borrower may continue to make withdrawals from the Operating Account in accordance with
the Forecast Model until the occurrence of a Default.
	 
	(c)	 	After the occurrence of a Default, the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorises the Agent to
transfer all amounts in the Operating Account to the Collection Account or to withdraw such
amounts and apply such amounts against repayments, cancellations and prepayments which are due
under this Agreement in accordance with Clause 9.11 (Application of Proceeds).
	 
	9.10	 	Collection Account
	 
	(a)	 	Each Obligor shall ensure and procure that each of its Subsidiaries shall ensure that all
Proceeds are paid in accordance with the Forecast Model directly into (or as soon as
practicable after receipt are transferred into) the Collection Account but in any event no
later than the subsequent Repayment Date.
	 
	(b)	 	No amount may be withdrawn or transferred from the Collection Account except:

	 	(i)	 	to make the payments required under Clause 9.11 (Application of Proceeds); or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	with the prior consent of all the Lenders.

	(c)	 	The Borrower irrevocably authorises the Agent to withdraw amounts credited to the Collection
Account and apply such amounts against cancellations, repayments and prepayments which are due
under this Agreement in accordance with Clause 9.11 (Application of Proceeds).
	 
	(d)	 	Within five Business Days after the date (the “Receipt Date”) on which any Proceeds have been
received by any member of the Group (or have become Proceeds), the Borrower shall notify the
Agent of the Receipt Date, the amount in US Dollars equal or equivalent to those Proceeds and,
if the Borrower elects to prepay, the proposed date of prepayment of those Proceeds (the
“Collection Date”) (which must be at least five Business Days after the date of that notice).

36

 

	9.11	 	Application of Proceeds
	 
	(a)	 	Any Proceeds, Prepayment Proceeds and, after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the
monies standing to the credit of the Operating Account shall be applied in the following
order, in each case until the relevant Utilisations or other liabilities have been satisfied
in full:

	 	(i)	 	first, in prepayment and permanent reduction pro rata of Revolving Facility Loans;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	second, in cancellation pro rata of any Available Commitment under the Revolving
Facility; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	third, to provide cash cover for any Bank Guarantee issued under the Guarantee
Facility.

	(b)	 	Any Proceeds, Prepayment Proceeds and monies standing to the credit of the Operating Account,
to be applied in repayment and prepayment of any Revolving Facility Loan under Clause 9.11(a)
shall be applied on the earlier of the Prepayment Date, the Collection Date and the Repayment
Date relating to that Revolving Facility Loan.
	 
	9.12	 	Right of replacement of a single Lender or Issuing Bank
	 
	 	 	If:

	 	(a)	 	any sum payable to any Lender or Issuing Bank by an Obligor is required to be
increased under Clause 14.2(c) (Tax gross-up); or
	 
	 	(b)	 	any Lender or Issuing Bank claims indemnification from the Borrower under Clause
14.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 15.1 (Increased costs),

the Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement or indemnification
continues:

(i)

	 	(A)	 	(if the circumstance relates to a Lender) arrange for the transfer of
the whole (but not part only) of that Lender’s Commitment and participations in the
Utilisations to a new or existing Lender willing to accept that transfer and
acceptable to the Borrower and the remaining Lenders of the relevant Facility; or
	 
	 	(B)	 	(if the circumstance relates to the Issuing Bank) arrange for the
cancellation of its appointment as Issuing Bank and the appointment of a new
Issuing Bank acceptable to the Borrower and the Lenders and the transfer of any
contingent liability of the Issuing Bank to the new Issuing Bank; or

(ii)

	 	(C)	 	(if the circumstance relates to a Lender) with the prior consent of all
the other Lenders, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that
Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in
the Utilisations granted by that Lender, whereupon the Commitment of that Lender
shall immediately be reduced to zero; or
	 
	 	(D)	 	(if the circumstance relates to the Issuing Bank) give the Agent notice
of cancellation of its appointment as Issuing Bank and its intention to procure
either the reduction of the Issuing Bank’s contingent liability under any

37

 

Bank
Guarantee to zero or the provision of full cash cover in respect of the Issuing
Bank’s maximum contingent liability under each outstanding Bank Guarantee.

On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrower has given notice
under this paragraph (ii) (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrower in that
notice), the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Utilisation
granted by that Lender or, as the case may be, provide full cash cover in respect of any
Bank Guarantee issued by the Issuing Bank.

	9.13	 	Replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender or Non-Funding Lender
	 
	(a)	 	In this Clause 9.13 and Clause 9.14 (Replacement of Lender);

	 	(i)	 	“Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender which does not agree to consent, waiver or
amendment if:

	 	(A)	 	the Borrower or the Agent has requested a consent under or waiver or
amendment of any provision of any Finance Document;
	 
	 	(B)	 	that consent, waiver or amendment requires the agreement of all the
Lenders; and
	 
	 	(C)	 	the Majority Lenders have agreed to that consent, waiver or amendment.

	 	(ii)	 	“Non-Funding Lender” means:

	 	(A)	 	any Lender which has failed to make or participate in any Utilisation
as required by this Agreement; or
	 
	 	(B)	 	any Lender which has given notice to the Borrower or the Agent that it
does not intend to make or participate in any Utilisation as required by this
Agreement or has repudiated its obligation to do so.

	(b)	 	If:

	 	(i)	 	any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	any Lender becomes a Non-Funding Lender,

the Borrower or the Majority Lenders may, if it gives or, as the case may be, they give the
Agent and that Lender not less than 30 days’ prior notice, arrange for the transfer of the
whole (but not part only) of that Lender’s Commitment and participations in the Utilisations
to a new or existing Lender willing to accept that transfer and acceptable to the Borrower and
the remaining Lenders of the relevant Facility.

	9.14	 	Replacement of a Lender
	 
	 	 	The replacement of a Lender pursuant to Clause 9.12 (Right of replacement of a single Lender
or Issuing Bank) or Clause 9.14 (Replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender or Non-Funding Lender)
shall be subject to the following conditions:

	 	(a)	 	no Finance Party shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender;
	 
	 	(b)	 	any replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender must take place no later than 180 days
after the earlier of (A) the date the Non-Consenting Lender notified the Agent of its
refusal to agree to the relevant consent, waiver or amendment and (B) the deadline (being
not less than 30 days after the Lender received the request for the

38

 

	 	 	 	relevant consent,
waiver or amendment) by which the Non-Consenting Lender failed to reply to that request.
	 
	 	(c)	 	any Lender replaced pursuant to Clause 9.12 (Right of replacement of a single
Lender or Issuing Bank) or Clause 9.12 (Replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender or
Non-Funding Lender) shall not be required to refund, or to pay or surrender to any other
Lender, any of the fees or other amounts received by that Lender under any Finance
Document; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	any replacement pursuant to Clause 9.12 (Right of replacement of a single Lender or
Issuing Bank) or Clause 9.13 (Replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender or Non-Funding
Lender) of a Lender which is the Agent shall not affect its role as the Agent.

	9.15	 	Restrictions
	 
	(a)	 	Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 9 shall be
irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, specify the date or
dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that
cancellation or prepayment.
	 
	(b)	 	Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the
amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.
	 
	(c)	 	Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Revolving Facility
which is prepaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
	 
	(d)	 	No Borrower shall repay or prepay all or any part of the Utilisations or cancel all or any
part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this
Agreement.
	 
	(e)	 	Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, no amount of the Total Commitments
cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.
	 
	(f)	 	If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 9 it shall promptly forward a copy of that
notice to either the Borrower or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

39

 

SECTION 5

COSTS OF UTILISATION

	10	 	INTEREST
	 
	10.1	 	Calculation of interest
	 
	 	 	The rate of interest on each Revolving Facility Loan for each Interest Period is the
percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

	 	(a)	 	Margin;
	 
	 	(b)	 	LIBOR; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	Mandatory Cost, if any.

	10.2	 	Payment of interest
	 
	 	 	The Borrower to which a Revolving Facility Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on
that Revolving Facility Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest
Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six monthly intervals after the
first day of the Interest Period).
	 
	10.3	 	Default interest
	 
	(a)	 	If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date,
interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment
(both before and after judgment) at the Default Interest Rate. Any interest accruing under
this Clause 10.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.
	 
	(b)	 	If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Revolving Facility Loan which became due
on a day which was not a Repayment Date relating to that Revolving Facility Loan:

	 	(i)	 	the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to
the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Revolving Facility
Loan; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest
Period shall be the sum of one per cent. and the rate which would have applied if the
overdue amount had not become due.

	(c)	 	Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue
amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain
immediately due and payable.
	 
	10.4	 	Notification of rates of interest
	 
	 	 	The Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of
a rate of interest under this Agreement.

40

 

	11	 	INTEREST PERIODS
	 
	11.1	 	Selection of Interest Periods
	 
	(a)	 	The Borrower may select an Interest Period for a Revolving Facility Loan in the Utilisation
Request for that Revolving Facility Loan.
	 
	(b)	 	Subject to this Clause 11 at any time during the Availability Period, the Borrower may select
an Interest Period of one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) Months or any other period agreed
between the Borrower and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders
participating in the relevant Revolving Facility Loan).
	 
	(c)	 	An Interest Period for a Revolving Facility Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date
applicable to the Revolving Facility.
	 
	(d)	 	A Revolving Facility Loan has one Interest Period only.
	 
	11.2	 	Non-Business Days
	 
	 	 	If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest
Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or
the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
	 
	12	 	CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST
	 
	12.1	 	Absence of quotations
	 
	 	 	Subject to Clause 12.2 (Market disruption), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the
Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the
Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the
remaining Reference Banks.
	 
	12.2	 	Market disruption
	 
	(a)	 	If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Revolving Facility Loan for any Interest
Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Revolving Facility Loan for
the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

	 	(i)	 	the Margin;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any
event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that
which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its
participation in that Revolving Facility Loan from whatever source it may reasonably
select; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the
Revolving Facility Loan.

	(b)	 	In this Agreement “Market Disruption Event” means:

	 	(i)	 	at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen
Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the
Agent to determine LIBOR for US Dollars and Interest Period; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest
Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose

41

 

participations
in a Revolving Facility Loan exceed 35 per cent. of that Revolving Facility Loan) that
the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be
in excess of LIBOR.

	12.3	 	Alternative basis of interest or funding
	 
	(a)	 	If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and
the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a
view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.
	 
	(b)	 	Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to Clause 12.3(a) shall, with the prior consent of all
the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.
	 
	12.4	 	Break Costs
	 
	(a)	 	Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that
Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Revolving Facility Loan or
Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the Repayment Date for that
Revolving Facility Loan or Unpaid Sum.
	 
	(b)	 	Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a
certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they
accrue.
	 
	13	 	FEES
	 
	13.1	 	Commitment fee
	 
	(a)	 	Subject to this Clause 13.1, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each
Lender) a fee in US Dollars computed on a daily basis at an annual percentage rate (such rate
being equal to 45 per cent. of the applicable Margin on such day) on that Lender’s Available
Commitment under each Facility.
	 
	(b)	 	The commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months from
the date of this Agreement until the Termination Date and, if cancelled, for all of the
cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is
effective.
	 
	13.2	 	Structuring fee
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall pay to the Arranger a structuring fee in the amount and at the times agreed in the Fee Letter.
	 
	13.3	 	Agency fee
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at
the times agreed in the Fee Letter.
	 
	13.4	 	Security Agent’s fee
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall pay to the Security Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount
and at the times agreed in the Fee Letter.

42

 

	13.5	 	Fee payable in respect of Bank Guarantee
	 
	(a)	 	The Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Bank any applicable fronting fee in respect of any Bank
Guarantee requested by it on the outstanding amount of any Bank Guarantee (after deducting
from such amount the amount of the Issuing Bank’s (or its Affiliate’s) participation, if any,
in such Bank Guarantee) from the period of its issue until its Expiry Date.
	 
	(b)	 	The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of any Guarantee Facility Lender) a
guarantee fee in US Dollars computed on a daily basis at an annual percentage rate (such rate
being equal to the applicable Margin) on the outstanding amount of any Bank Guarantee
requested by it for the period from the issue of that Bank Guarantee until its Expiry Date.
This fee shall be distributed according to each Lender’s Proportion of that Bank Guarantee.
	 
	(c)	 	The fee on a Bank Guarantee shall be payable on the first day of each successive period of
three Months (or such shorter period as shall end on the Expiry Date for that Bank Guarantee)
starting on the date of issue of that Bank Guarantee.
	 
	(d)	 	If the Borrower cash covers any part of a Bank Guarantee then:

	 	(i)	 	the fronting fee payable to the Issuing Bank and the guarantee fee payable for the
account of each Guarantee Facility Lender shall continue to be payable until the expiry
of the Bank Guarantee;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the Borrower will be entitled to withdraw the interest accrued on the cash cover to
pay those fees.

	13.6	 	Payment of fees
	 
	(a)	 	The Borrower shall pay the fees set out in Clause 13.1 (Commitment fees) and Clause 13.5 (Fee
payable in respect of Bank Guarantee) to the Agent’s bank account pursuant to Clause 34.1
(Payments to Agent).
	 
	(b)	 	Any other fees shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the Fee Letter.

43

 

SECTION 6

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

14 TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

14.1 Definitions

(a) In this Agreement:

“Protected Party” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or
required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or
receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a
Finance Document.

     “Qualifying Lender” means:

	 	(i)	 	in relation to a Tax Deduction in respect of Tax imposed by the United
Kingdom,] a Lender (other than a Lender within sub-paragraph (ii) which is beneficially
entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance
Document and is:

	 	(A)	 	a Lender:

	 	1.	 	which is a bank (as defined for the purpose of
section 879 of the Income Tax Act) making an advance under a Finance
Document; or
	 
	 	2.	 	in respect of an advance made under a Finance
Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of
section 879 of the Income Tax Act) at the time that that advance was
made,

and which is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects
any payments of interest made in respect of that advance; or

	 	(B)	 	a Lender which is:

	 	1.	 	a company resident in the United Kingdom for
United Kingdom tax purposes;
	 
	 	2.	 	a partnership each member of which is:

	 	(a)	 	a company so resident in the United
Kingdom; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	a company not so resident in the
United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom
through a permanent establishment and which brings into account
in computing its chargeable profits (for the purposes of section
11(2) of the Taxes Act) the whole of any share of interest
payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of
sections 114 and 115 of the Taxes Act;

	 	3.	 	a company not so resident in the United Kingdom
which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent
establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect
of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (for the purposes
of section 11(2) of the Taxes Act) of that company; or

44

 

	 	(C)	 	a Treaty Lender with respect to the United Kingdom;

	 	(ii)	 	in relation to a Tax Deduction in respect of Tax imposed by the Netherlands:

	 	(A)	 	a Lender; or
	 
	 	(B)	 	a Treaty Lender with respect to the Netherlands;

	 	(iii)	 	a building society (as defined for the purpose of section 880 of the Income
Tax Act.

“Tax Confirmation” means a confirmation by a Lender that the person beneficially entitled to
interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

	 	(i)	 	a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	a partnership each member of which is:

	 	(A)	 	a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or
	 
	 	(B)	 	a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries
on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which
brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (for the purposes of
section 11(2) of the Taxes Act) the whole of any share of interest payable in
respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of sections 114 and 115 of
the Taxes Act; or

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United
Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in
respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (for the purposes of section
11(2) of the Taxes Act) of that company.

“Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

“Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment
under a Finance Document.

“Tax Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party
under Clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 14.3 (Tax indemnity).

“Treaty Lender” means, in respect of a jurisdiction, a Lender entitled under the provisions
of a double taxation treaty to receive payments of interest from a person resident in that
jurisdiction without a Tax Deduction (subject to the completion of any necessary procedural
formalities.)

“UK Non-Bank Lender” means:

	 	(i)	 	where a Lender becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered
into, a Lender listed in Schedule 1 (The Original Parties); and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	where a Lender becomes a Party after the day on which this Agreement is entered
into, a Lender which gives a Tax Confirmation in the Transfer Certificate which it
executes on becoming a Party.

	(b)	 	Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 14 a reference to “determines” or
“determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the
determination.

45

 

14.2 Tax gross-up

	(a)	 	Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax
Deduction is required by law.
	 
	(b)	 	The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or
that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent
accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a
payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall
notify the Borrower and that Obligor.
	 
	(c)	 	If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due
from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction)
leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been
required.
	 
	(d)	 	An Obligor is not required to make an increased payment to a Lender under Clause 14.2(c) for
a Tax Deduction in respect of Tax imposed on a payment of interest on a Loan, if on the date
on which the payment falls due:

	 	(i)	 	the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction
if it was a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be
a Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a
Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or
application of) any law or Treaty, or any published practice or concession of any
relevant taxing authority; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	 

	 	(A)	 	the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely under
sub-paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of Qualifying Lender;
	 
	 	(B)	 	an officer of HM Revenue & Customs has given (and not revoked)
a direction (a “Direction”) under section 931 of the Income Tax Act (as that
provision has effect on the date on which the relevant Lender became a Party)
which relates to that payment and that Lender has received from that Obligor or
the Borrower a certified copy of that Direction; and
	 
	 	(C)	 	the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax
Deduction in the absence of that Direction; or

	 	(iii)	 	the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely under sub-paragraph (i)(B)
of the definition of Qualifying Lender and it has not, other than by reason of any
change after the date of this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration or
application of) any law, or any published practice or concession of any relevant taxing
authority, given a Tax Confirmation to the Borrower; or
	 
	 	(iv)	 	the relevant Lender is a Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is
able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax
Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under Clause 14.2(g).

	(e)	 	If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction
and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in
the minimum amount required by law.

46

 

	(f)	 	Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection
with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for
the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance
Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to
the relevant taxing authority.
	 
	(g)	 	A Treaty Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Treaty Lender is
entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor
to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.
	 
	(h)	 	A UK Non-Bank Lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into
gives a Tax Confirmation to the Borrower by entering into this Agreement.
	 
	(i)	 	A UK Non-Bank Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Agent if there is any change
in the position from that set out in the Tax Confirmation.

14.3 Tax indemnity

	(a)	 	The Borrower shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected
Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines
will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that
Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.
	 
	(b)	 	Clause 14.3(a) shall not apply:

	 	(i)	 	with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

	 	(A)	 	under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party
is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which
that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or
	 
	 	(B)	 	under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s
Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that
jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or
receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance
Party; or

	 	(ii)	 	to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

	 	(A)	 	is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 14.2
(Tax gross-up); or
	 
	 	(B)	 	would have been compensated for by an increased payment under
Clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not so compensated solely because one of the
exclusions in Clause 14.2(d) applied.

	(c)	 	A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under Clause 14.3(a) shall promptly
notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following
which the Agent shall notify the Borrower.
	 
	(d)	 	A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 14.3,
notify the Agent.

14.4 Tax Credit

         If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

47

 

	 	(a)	 	a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax
Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

	 	 	the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines
will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in
had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

	14.5	 	Stamp taxes

The Borrower shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance
Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp
duty, stamp duty land tax, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any
Finance Document.

	14.6	 	Value added tax

	(a)	 	All amounts set out, or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a
Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for VAT purposes shall
be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply, and accordingly,
subject to Clause 14.6(c), if VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any
Party under a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and
at the same time as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and
such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).
	 
	(b)	 	If VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any other
Finance Party (the “Recipient”) under a Finance Document, and any Party (the “Relevant Party”)
is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration
for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in
respect of that consideration), such Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and
at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The
Recipient will promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment
from the relevant tax authority which it reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable
on that supply.
	 
	(c)	 	Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse a Finance Party for any costs or
expenses, that Party shall also at the same time pay and indemnify the Finance Party against
all VAT incurred by the Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses to the extent that
the Finance Party reasonably determines that neither it nor any other member of any group of
which it is a member for VAT purposes is entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax
authority in respect of the VAT.

	15	 	INCREASED COSTS

	15.1	 	Increased costs

	(a)	 	Subject to Clause 15.3 (Exceptions) the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a
demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs
incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of
or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or
regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this
Agreement.

48

 

	(b)	 	In this Agreement “Increased Costs” means:

	 	(i)	 	a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or
its Affiliate’s) overall capital;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	an additional or increased cost; or
	 
	 	(iii)	 	a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that
it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or
performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

15.2   Increased cost claims

	(a)	 	A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 15.1 (Increased costs) shall
notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall
promptly notify the Borrower.
	 
	(b)	 	Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a
certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

15.3   Exceptions

	(a)	 	Clause 15.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

	 	(i)	 	attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	compensated for by Clause 14.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated
for under Clause 14.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of
the exclusions in Clause 14.3(b) applied);
	 
	 	(iii)	 	compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost; or
	 
	 	(iv)	 	attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its
Affiliates of any law or regulation.

	(b)	 	In this Clause 15.3, a reference to a “Tax Deduction” has the same meaning given to the term
in Clause 14.1 (Definitions).

16     OTHER INDEMNITIES

16.1   Other indemnities

The Borrower shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within three Business Days of
demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that
Finance Party as a result of:

	 	(a)	 	the occurrence of any Event of Default;
	 
	 	(b)	 	a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its
due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result
of Clause 33 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);
	 
	 	(c)	 	funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Utilisation
requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the
operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason
of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or

49

 

	 	(d)	 	a Utilisation (or part of a Utilisation) not being prepaid in accordance with a
notice of prepayment given by the Borrower or as required by this Agreement.

16.2   Indemnity to the Agent and the Security Agent

The Borrower shall promptly indemnify the Agent and the Security Agent against any cost,
loss or liability incurred by the Agent and the Security Agent (acting reasonably) as a
result of:

	 	(a)	 	investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably
believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

17    MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

17.1   Mitigation

	(a)	 	Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to
mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable
under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 9.1 (Illegality), Clause 14 (Tax
gross-up and indemnities) or Clause 15 (Increased costs) including (but not limited to)
transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or
Facility Office.
	 
	(b)	 	Clause 17.1(a) does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance
Documents.

17.2   Limitation of liability

	(a)	 	The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably
incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 17.1
(Mitigation).
	 
	(b)	 	A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 17.1 (Mitigation) if, in the
opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

18    COSTS AND EXPENSES

18.1   Transaction expenses

The Borrower shall promptly on demand pay the Agent, the Security Agent and the Arranger the
amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by any of them
in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of:

	 	(a)	 	this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

18.2   Amendment costs

If an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent, the Borrower shall, within three
Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all
costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent or the

50

 

Security Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or
requirement.

18.3   Enforcement costs

The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the
amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in
connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance
Document.

18.4   Transaction undertaking to pay

	(a)	 	The Borrower undertakes to pay each Finance Party within three Business Days of demand an
amount equal to any liability, damages, loss, cost or expense (including legal fees, costs and
expenses) reasonably incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates or any of its (or
its Affiliates’) directors, officers, employees or agents (each a “Relevant Party”) arising
out of, in connection with or based on any actual or potential action, claim, suit,
investigation or proceeding arising out of, in connection with or based on:

	 	(i)	 	the use of proceeds of any Revolving Facility Loan; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the use of any Bank Guarantee,

except to the extent finally judicially determined to have resulted from the gross
negligence or wilful misconduct of that Relevant Party.

	(b)	 	The Borrower undertakes to pay each Finance Party, within three Business Days of demand, an
amount equal to any cost or expense (including legal fees, costs and expenses) incurred by any
Relevant Party in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any action,
claim, suit, investigation or proceeding arising out of, in connection with or based on any of
the above, whether or not pending or threatened.

51

 

SECTION 7

GUARANTEE AND SECURITY

19    GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

19.1   Guarantee and indemnity

Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:

	 	(a)	 	guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each other Obligor of
all that Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;
	 
	 	(b)	 	undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever another Obligor does not pay
any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor
shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	agrees with each Finance Party that if, for any reason, any amount claimed by a
Finance Party under this Clause 19 is not recoverable on the basis of a guarantee, it
will be liable to indemnify that Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability it
incurs as a result of an Obligor not paying any amount when due under or in connection
with any Finance Document. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will
not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 19 if the amount
claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

19.2   Continuing guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums
payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment
or discharge in whole or in part.

19.3   Reinstatement

If as a result of insolvency or any similar event:

	 	(a)	 	any payment by an Obligor is avoided, reduced or must be restored; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	any discharge or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any
Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made in whole or in part
on the basis of any payment, security or other thing which is avoided, reduced or must
be restored,

	 	(i)	 	the liability of each Obligor shall continue or be reinstated
as if the payment, discharge or arrangement had not occurred; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	each Finance Party shall be entitled to recover the value or
amount of that payment or security from each Obligor, as if the payment,
discharge or arrangement had not occurred.

19.4   Waiver of defences

The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 19 will not be affected by an act,
omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 19, would reduce, release or prejudice

52

 

any of its obligations under this Clause 19 (without limitation and whether or not known to
it or any Finance Party) including:

	 	(a)	 	any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or
other person;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any
composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group or any other
person;
	 
	 	(c)	 	the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal
or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets
of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any
formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise
the full value of any security;
	 
	 	(d)	 	any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or
dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;
	 
	 	(e)	 	any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however
fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or
any other document or security including any change in the purpose of, any extension of
or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance
Document or other document or security;
	 
	 	(f)	 	any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person
under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or
	 
	 	(g)	 	any insolvency or similar proceedings.

19.5   Immediate recourse

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any
trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security
or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 19.
This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the
contrary.

19.6   Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with
the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee
or agent on its behalf) may:

	 	(a)	 	refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or
received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of
those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit
(whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the
benefit of the same; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any
Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 19.

53

 

19.7   Deferral of Guarantors’ rights

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with
the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent (or, as the
case may be, the Security Agent) otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights
which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance
Documents:

	 	(a)	 	to be indemnified by an Obligor;
	 
	 	(b)	 	to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations
under the Finance Documents; and/or
	 
	 	(c)	 	to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or
otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any
other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance
Documents by any Finance Party.

If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it
shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all
amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in
connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties
and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for
application in accordance with Clause 34 (Payment mechanics) of this Agreement.

19.8   Release of Guarantors’ right of contribution

If any Guarantor (a “Retiring Guarantor”) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the
terms of the Finance Documents for the purpose of any sale or other disposal of that
Retiring Guarantor then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:

	 	(a)	 	that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability
(whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a
contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other
Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance
of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part
and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties
under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection
with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation
to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor.

19.9   Additional security

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or
security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party

19.10   Limitations

The guarantee of any Guarantor giving a guarantee other than in respect of its Subsidiary is
subject to the following limitations:

	 	(a)	 	The guarantee of any Guarantor incorporated in England shall be deemed to be
given only to the extent that it would not result in this guarantee constituting

54

 

	 	 	 	unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Section 151 of the Companies Act
1985
	 
	 	(b)	 	The guarantee of any Dutch Guarantor shall be deemed to have been given only to
the extent that such guarantee does not violate the prohibition on financial assistance
contained in Sections 2:98c and 2:207c of the Dutch Civil Code (Burgerlijk Wetboek).
	 
	 	(c)	 	The guarantee of any Additional Guarantor is subject to any limitations
relating to that Additional Guarantor set out in any relevant Accession Letter.

55

 

SECTION 8

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

20    REPRESENTATIONS

Each Obligor shall make the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 20 on the
date set out in Clause 20.29 (Times when representations made) in relation to itself and
each of its Subsidiaries unless otherwise stated in this Agreement.

20.1   Status

	(a)	 	It and each of its Subsidiaries is duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of
its jurisdiction of incorporation.
	 
	(b)	 	Otherwise as specifically notified by the Borrower to the Agent in writing, it and each of
its Subsidiaries has the power to own or utilise the assets necessary to carry out its
business and carry on its business as it is being, and is proposed to be, conducted.

20.2   Binding obligations

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to which it is or
will be a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable, subject to:

	 	(a)	 	any applicable Reservations; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	in the case of any Security Document, any applicable Perfection Requirements.

20.3   Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance
Documents do not and will not:

	 	(a)	 	conflict with:

	 	(i)	 	any law or regulation applicable to it;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	its or any of its Subsidiaries’ constitutional documents; or
	 
	 	(iii)	 	any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its
Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets or constitute a
default or termination event (however described), in each case to the extent
that it would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

	 	(b)	 	(except as provided in any Security Document or to the extent Permitted
Security) result in the existence of, or oblige it or any of its Subsidiaries to create
any Security over it or any of its Subsidiaries assets.

20.4   Power and authority

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to
authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is
or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

20.5   Validity and admissibility in evidence

All Authorisations required:

56

 

	 	(a)	 	to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its
obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions
contemplated by the Finance Documents;
	 
	 	(b)	 	to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in
its Relevant Jurisdictions, subject to any applicable Reservations; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	to enable it to create the Security purported to be created by it pursuant to
any Security Document and, subject to any applicable Reservations, to ensure that such
Security has the priority and ranking it is expressed to have,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect, save for complying with any
applicable Perfection Requirements, or will have been obtained or effected and will be in
full force and effect before the first Utilisation Request.

20.6   Governing law and enforcement

Subject to any applicable Reservations:

	 	(a)	 	the choice of law specified in each Finance Document as the governing law of
each Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions;
and
	 
	 	(b)	 	any judgment obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document (or in the
jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document) will be recognised and
enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions and, in relation to a Finance Document governed
by a law other than English law, in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that
Finance Document.

20.7   No filing or stamp taxes

Subject to any applicable Reservations under the law of its Relevant Jurisdictions it is not
necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other
authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar taxes or
fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by
the Finance Documents.

20.8   No default

	(a)	 	No Event of Default is continuing or would reasonably be expected to result from the making
of any Utilisation or the entry into, performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any
Finance Document.
	 
	(b)	 	No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or which would, with the
lapse of time, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the relevant
document or any combination of the foregoing, constitute) a default or termination event
(however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of
its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries’) assets are subject which would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

20.9   No breach of law

It has not (and none of its Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach
has, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

57

 

20.10  Representation in relation to Forecast Model

	(a)	 	Any factual information provided by or on behalf of any member of the Group for the purposes
of the Forecast Model was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was
provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.
	 
	(b)	 	The financial projections contained in the Forecast Model have been prepared on the basis of
recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.
	 
	(c)	 	Nothing has occurred or been omitted from the Forecast Model and no information has been
given or withheld that results in the information contained in the Forecast Model being untrue
or misleading in any material respect.

20.11  Financial statements

	(a)	 	Its Original Financial Statements prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting
Principles consistently applied.
	 
	(b)	 	Its Original Financial Statements fairly represent its financial condition and operations as
at the end of and for the relevant financial year.
	 
	(c)	 	There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business, financial condition (or,
in the case of the Borrower, the assets, business or financial condition of the Group) since
the date to which its Original Financial Statements were last audited.
	 
	(d)	 	The financial year end of the Group and each member of the Group is March other than members
incorporated in Chile, Mexico, Panama, Indonesia, the Cayman Islands and China (including the
Hong Kong Special Administrative Region) for whom the financial year end is December.

20.12  Pari passu ranking

Subject to any applicable Reservations without limiting Clause 20.14 (Security), its payment
obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its
other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred
by law applying to companies generally.

20.13  No proceedings pending or threatened

	(a)	 	No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral
body or agency (including any arising from or relating to Environmental Law) which, if
adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have been
started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against it or any of its
Subsidiaries, nor are there any circumstances to the best of its knowledge and belief likely
to give rise to any such litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings.
	 
	(b)	 	No labour disputes which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have
been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against it or any of its
Subsidiaries, nor are there any circumstances to the best of its knowledge and belief likely
to give rise to any such disputes.

20.14  Security

	(a)	 	Subject to any applicable Perfection Requirements, each Security Document creates (or, once
entered into, will create) in favour of the Security Agent for the benefit of the Finance

58

 

	 	 	Parties, the Security which it is expressed to create fully perfected and, subject to any
applicable Reservations, with the ranking and priority it is expressed to have.
	 
	(b)	 	The constitutional documents of any Obligor do not and would not restrict or inhibit in any
manner any transfer of any shares of any member of the Group (other than, for the avoidance of
doubt, any share transfer restrictions provided for in the constitutional documents of the
Borrower) which are expressed to be (or are required by this Agreement to be or become)
subject to any Security under any Security Document.

20.15  Legal and beneficial ownership

It is the absolute legal and beneficial owner of all the assets over which it purports to
create Security pursuant to any Security Document, free from any Security, other than
Permitted Security.

20.16  Assets

It and each of its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, or valid leases or
licences of, or is otherwise entitled to use (in each case, on arm’s length terms), all
material assets necessary for the conduct of its business as it is being, and is proposed to
be, conducted.

20.17  Environmental Laws and Licences

It and each of its Subsidiaries has:

	 	(a)	 	complied with all Environmental Laws to which it may be subject;
	 
	 	(b)	 	all Environmental Licences required in connection with its business; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	complied with the terms of those Environmental Licences,

in each case where failure to do so would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

20.18  [Deliberately left blank]

20.19  Group Structure

The Group Structure Chart shows:

	 	(a)	 	each member of the Group and any person in whose shares any member of the Group
has an interest (and the percentage of the issued share capital held, and whether
legally or beneficially, by that member), as at the date of this Agreement; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	the jurisdiction of incorporation or establishment of each person shown in it.

20.20  No Financial Indebtedness, Guarantees or Security

	(a)	 	No Obligor nor any Regulated Subsidiary has any Financial Indebtedness other than Permitted
Financial Indebtedness and Existing Indebtedness.
	 
	(b)	 	No Obligor nor any Regulated Subsidiary has issued any guarantee other than a Permitted
Guarantee.
	 
	(c)	 	No Security or Quasi Security exists over all or any of an Obligor’s or a Regulated
Subsidiary’s assets other than Permitted Security.

59

 

20.21  Shares

	(a)	 	The shares of any member of the Group which are expressed to be (or are required by this
Agreement to be or become) subject to any Security under any Security Document are issued,
fully paid, non-assessable, freely transferable (which, in the case of the Borrower, shall be
to the extent permitted under the laws of the Netherlands) and constitute shares in the
capital of limited companies, and there are no moneys or liabilities outstanding or payable in
respect of any such share.
	 
	(b)	 	Other than in relation to Permitted Financial Indebtedness and the Registration Rights
Agreement, there are no agreements in force or corporate resolutions passed which require or
might require the present or future issue or allotment of any share capital of any member of
the Group (including any option or right of pre emption, conversion or exchange).
	 
	(c)	 	The shares of any member of the Group which are expressed to be (or are required by this
Agreement to be or become) subject to any Security under any Security Document constitute all
the share capital of the relevant member of the Group.

20.22  Intellectual Property

Each member of the Group owns or has licensed to it on arm’s length terms all material
Intellectual Property for the conduct of its business as it is being, and is proposed to be,
conducted.

20.23  Solvency

	(a)	 	No Obligor is insolvent or unable to pay its debts (including subordinated and contingent
debts), nor could it be deemed by a court to be unable to pay its debts within the meaning of:

	 	(i)	 	(in the case of a company incorporated in England or Wales) Section 123(1)(e)
or 123(2) of the Insolvency Act 1986; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	(in the case of any other company) the law of the jurisdiction in which it is
incorporated,

nor, in any such case, will it become so in consequence of entering into any Finance
Document, and/or performing any transaction contemplated by any Finance Document.

	(b)	 	No Obligor has taken any corporate action nor have any legal proceedings or other procedure
or step been taken, started or threatened in relation to anything referred to in Clause 25.7
(Insolvency proceedings).

20.24  Taxes

	(a)	 	Each member of the Group has paid all Taxes required to be paid by it within the time period
allowed for payment without incurring any penalties for non payment other than any Taxes:

	 	(i)	 	being contested by it in good faith and in accordance with the relevant
procedures;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	which have been disclosed to the Arranger and for which adequate reserves are
being maintained in accordance with GAAP;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	where payment can be lawfully withheld and will not result in the imposition
of any penalty nor in any Security ranking in priority to the claims of any Finance
Party

60

 

	 	 	 	under any Finance Document or to any Security created under any Security Document;
and
	 
	 	(iv)	 	which are owed by members of the Group (excluding Obligors and Regulated
Subsidiaries) where the aggregate amount of unpaid Taxes in a financial year across the
Group (excluding Obligors and Regulated Subsidiaries) is less than US$50,000.

	(b)	 	It is not, and will not apply to be, a member of a group (as such group is defined pursuant
to the provisions of the Value Added Tax Act 1994) which includes any person which is not a
member of the Group.

20.25  Centre of main interests and establishments

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency
Proceedings (the “Regulation”), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article
3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in its jurisdiction of incorporation and it has no
“establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other
jurisdiction.

20.26  Pensions

	(a)	 	Other than as specifically notified by the Borrower to the Agent in writing, no Obligor nor
any Regulated Subsidiary has any material liability in respect of any pension scheme and there
are no circumstances which would give rise to such a liability.
	 
	(b)	 	Each Obligor and each Regulated Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with all
applicable material laws and material contracts relating to and the governing provisions of
the pension schemes maintained by or for the benefit of any member of the Group and/or any of
its employees.

20.27  Insurances

	(a)	 	The insurances required by Clause 23.20 (Insurance) are in full force and effect as required
by this Agreement.
	 
	(b)	 	No event or circumstance has occurred, and there has been no failure to disclose a fact,
which would entitle any insurer to reduce or avoid its liability under any such insurance
where such event, circumstance or failure would reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

20.28  Documents

	(a)	 	The documents provided to the Agent under Clause 4.2 (Initial conditions precedent) or Clause
27 (Changes to the Obligors) are true, complete and accurate and in full force and effect, in
each case as at the date any such documents are provided to the Agent.
	 
	(b)	 	Any certified copy of a document provided to the Agent under Clause 4.2 (Initial conditions
precedent), Clause 4.3 (Utilisation following the Amendment Date) or Clause 27 (Changes to the
Obligors) is a true, complete and accurate copy of the original document and the original
document was in full force and effect, in each case as at the date any such document is
provided to the Agent.

20.29  Times when representations made

	(a)	 	The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 20 are:

61

 

	 	(i)	 	made by each party as set out in Clause 20(a) (Representations) on the date of
this Agreement;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	deemed to be made by each party as set out in Clause 20(a) (Representations) on
the date of the initial Utilisation Request and the Initial Utilisation Date by
reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

	(b)	 	The Repeating Representations (and, in the case of Clause 20.29(b)(ii), the representations
and warranties set out in Clause 20.5 (Validity and admissibility in evidence) and Clause 20.7
(No filing or stamp taxes)) are deemed to be made by each party as set out in Clause 20
(Representations) on:

	 	(i)	 	the date of each Utilisation Request, the first day of each Interest Period and
each Calculation Date; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	in the case of an Additional Guarantor, the day on which the company becomes
(or it is proposed that the company becomes) an Additional Guarantor.

in each case by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

20.30  Dutch Obligors

No works council (ondernemingsraad) has the right to give advice in relation to the entry
into and performance of this Agreement.

21  INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 21 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so
long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

21.1  Financial statements

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders as soon as
the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each of its
financial years:

	 	(a)	 	its audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year as set
out in its annual report delivered to the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form
20-F; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	the audited financial statements of each Obligor (other than the Borrower) for
that financial year.

21.2  Quarterly financial statements

	(a)	 	The Borrower shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders as soon as
the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each Accounting
Quarter its consolidated financial statements for that Accounting Quarter.
	 
	(b)	 	Each set of quarterly financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 21.2(a) shall
include:

	 	(i)	 	a consolidated profit and loss account for the relevant Accounting Quarter and
a consolidated cash flow statement and profit and loss account for the financial year
to date;

62

 

	 	(ii)	 	a consolidated balance sheet as at the end of the relevant Accounting Quarter;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	a comparison of actual performance with the performance projected by the
Budget for the relevant Accounting Quarter and for the financial year to date;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	a statement of Capital Expenditure, investments, acquisitions and disposals
made during the relevant Accounting Quarter and during the financial year to date; and
	 
	 	(v)	 	a schedule showing the effect of excluding the proportionate consolidation of
associated companies on the quarterly financial statements as allowed under Dutch GAAP
but not permitted under U.S. GAAP.

21.3  Compliance Certificate/Provisional Compliance

	(a)	 	The Borrower shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders on each
Accounting Quarter a Compliance Certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer and one
director of the Borrower which shall:

	 	(i)	 	confirm that all financial covenants have been complied with under all Existing
Indebtedness; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	set out (in reasonable detail, including separate identification of the Capital
Expenditure incurred in relation to Zhumadian Concession since the end of the previous
Accounting Quarter) computations as to compliance with Clause 22 (Financial covenants)
as at the date at which those financial statements were drawn up attaching the
financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Financial statements) or
quarterly accounts delivered pursuant to Clause 21.2 (Quarterly financial statements)
and shall be reported on by the Borrower’s auditors in the form agreed by the Borrower
and all the Lenders before the date of this Agreement.

	(b)	 	The Borrower shall also supply to the Agent, in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, as
soon as practicable following the last day of the most recent Accounting Quarter but in any
event within 35 days of that date, provisional confirmations as to compliance with Clause 22
(Financial covenants) accompanied by calculations based on the accounting records of the Group
(including, without limitation, for the most recent Accounting Quarter) and detailing any
reasonable estimates that may have been necessary to undertake such calculations.

21.4  Forecast Model confirmation and financial projections

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders on each
Accounting Quarter a certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer and one director of
the Borrower which shall:

	 	(a)	 	confirm that the Forecast Model remains correct, complete and in full force and
effect as at the date of the most recent Accounting Quarter or contain a revised
Forecast Model that has been agreed in advance with the Lenders which shall contain the
Borrower’s forecast for future Borrower cashflows;
	 
	 	(b)	 	provide financial projections for the twelve month period following the date of
the applicable Accounting Quarter demonstrating that the Borrower is able to comply
with the provisions of Clause 22 (Financial Covenants) with the exception of Clause
22.1(d);

63

 

	 	(c)	 	provide financial projections for the twelve month period following 31 March
each year demonstrating the Borrower is able to comply with the provisions of Clause
22.1(d); and
	 
	 	(d)	 	provide an estimated value of the Capital Expenditure that will be incurred by
the Group during the three month period following the date of the applicable Accounting
Quarter.

21.5  Forecast Model

	(a)	 	The Borrower shall notify the Agent when it is necessary to amend the Forecast Model and
shall present the revised Forecast Model with any relevant documentation or evidence
explaining the basis for the revision.
	 
	(b)	 	The Agent shall confirm in writing to the Borrower if it accepts the revised Forecast Model
presented to the Agent pursuant to Clause 21.4(a) and, as of the date of such confirmation,
the revised Forecast Model shall apply.

21.6  Group Structure Chart

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the
Agent so requests) a copy of the Group Structure Chart on a quarterly basis and at any time
that the structure of the Group changes.

21.7
 Requirements as to financial statements

	(a)	 	Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Financial
statements) shall be certified by a director of the Borrower as fairly representing its (or,
as the case may be, its consolidated) financial condition and operations as at the end of and
for the period in relation to which those financial statements were drawn up.
	 
	(b)	 	the Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements of an Obligor (other than
the Borrower) delivered pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using GAAP,
accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the
preparation of the Original Financial Statements for that Obligor (other than the Borrower)
unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Agent that there has
been a change in GAAP, the accounting practices or reference periods and its auditors (or, if
appropriate, the auditors of that Obligor) deliver to the Agent:

	 	(i)	 	a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect
the GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which that Obligor’s Original
Financial Statements were prepared; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by
the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 22 (Financial covenants)
has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position
indicated in those financial statements and that Obligor’s Original Financial
Statements.

Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a
reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the
Original Financial Statements were prepared.

	(c)	 	If the Borrower notifies the Agent of a change in accordance with Clause 21.7(b) the Borrower
and the Agent shall enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing

64

 

	 	 	any amendments to this Agreement which are
necessary as a result of the change. To the extent
practicable these amendments will be such as to
ensure that the change does not result in any
material alteration in the commercial effect of the
obligations in this Agreement. If any amendments
are agreed they shall take effect and be binding on
each of the Parties in accordance with their terms.

21.8  Information: miscellaneous

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the
Agent so requests):

	 	(a)	 	all documents dispatched by the Borrower to its shareholders (or any class of
them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;
	 
	 	(b)	 	promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation,
arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending
against any member of the Group, and which might, if adversely determined, have a
Material Adverse Effect; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business
and operations of any member of the Group as any Finance Party (through the Agent) may
reasonably request.

21.9  Notification of default

	(a)	 	Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to
remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a
notification has already been provided by another Obligor).
	 
	(b)	 	Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Obligor shall supply to the Agent a certificate
signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is
continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being
taken to remedy it).

21.10  Use of websites

	(a)	 	The Borrower may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in
relation to those Lenders (the “Website Lenders”) who accept this method of communication by
posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrower and the Agent
(the “Designated Website”) if:

	 	(i)	 	the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that
it will accept communication of the information by this method;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	both the Borrower and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant
password specifications for the Designated Website; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	the information is in a format previously agreed between the Borrower and the
Agent.

If any Lender (a “Paper Form Lender”) does not agree to the delivery of information
electronically then the Agent shall notify the Borrower accordingly and the Borrower shall
supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in
paper form. In any event the Borrower shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper
form of any information required to be provided by it.

65

 

	(b)	 	The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password
specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the
Borrower and the Agent.
	 
	(c)	 	The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

	 	(i)	 	the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the password specifications for the Designated Website change;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is
posted onto the Designated Website;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and
posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or
	 
	 	(v)	 	the Borrower becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information
posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or
similar software.

If the Borrower notifies the Agent under Clause 21.10(c)(i) or Clause 21.10(c)(v), all
information to be provided by the Borrower under this Agreement after the date of that
notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is
satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

	(d)	 	Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required
to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Borrower
shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days.

21.11  “Know your customer” checks

	(a)	 	If:

	 	(i)	 	the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration
or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	any change in the status of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or
	 
	 	(iii)	 	a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and
obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such
assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of Clause 21.11(a)(iii), any prospective
new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in
circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor
shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of,
such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or
on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in
Clause 21.11(a)(iii), on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such
Lender or, in the case of the event described in Clause 21.11(a)(iii), any prospective new
Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer”
or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the
transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

	(b)	 	Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of,
such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in
order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know

66

 

	 	 	your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to
the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
	 
	(c)	 	The Borrower shall, by not less than 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent,
notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that
one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 27 (Changes to the
Obligors).
	 
	(d)	 	Following the giving of any notice pursuant to Clause 21.11(c), if the accession of such
Additional Obligor obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your customer” or
similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not
already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any
Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is
reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for
itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or
any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary
“know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations
pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Obligor.

22   FINANCIAL COVENANTS

22.1  Financial condition

The Borrower shall ensure that:

	 	(a)	 	the ratio of EBITDA to Net Interest Expense for each Relevant Period ending on
an Calculation Date will not be less than a ratio of 3:1;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the ratio of Net Borrowings to EBITDA for each Relevant Period ending on a
Calculation Date will not exceed the ratio of 4:1;
	 
	 	(c)	 	the ratio of Net Senior Borrowings to RAV for each Relevant Period ending on
that Calculation Date will not exceed the ratio of 1.1:1;
	 
	 	(d)	 	the ratio of Cash Flow to Debt Service for each Relevant Period ending on 31
March and 30 September of each financial year will not be less than 1.0:1; and
	 
	 	(e)	 	the ratio of Net Interest Expense to EBITDA of the English Companies for each
Relevant Period ending on a Calculation Date will not be less than a ratio of 2.5:1.

22.2   Financial covenant calculations

	(a)	 	Capital Expenditure, Cash Flow, Debt Service, EBITDA, Interest Expense, Net Borrowings, Net
Interest Expense, RAV, Total Borrowings and Working Capital shall be calculated and
interpreted on a consolidated basis in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles
and shall be expressed in US Dollars.
	 
	(b)	 	Capital Expenditure, Cash Flow, EBITDA, Interest Expense, Net Interest Expense and Working
Capital shall be determined (except as needed to reflect the terms of this Clause 22) from the
financial statements of the Group and Compliance Certificates delivered under Clause 21.1
(Financial statements) adjusted to exclude the effect of the proportionate consolidation of
associated companies allowed under Dutch GAAP but not allowed under U.S. GAAP and Clause 21.3
(Compliance Certificate/Provisional Compliance).

67

 

	(c)	 	For the purpose of this Clause 22, no item shall be included or excluded more than once in
any calculation.

22.3  Definitions

In this Clause 22:

“Cash Flow” means, in relation to any Relevant Period, EBITDA for that Relevant Period
adjusted:

	 	(a)	 	by deducting any increase or adding any decrease in Working Capital during that
Relevant Period;
	 
	 	(b)	 	by deducting amounts paid during the Relevant Period by the Group in respect of
Capital Expenditure net of contributions receivable from third parties other than
Capital Expenditure to the extent funded from Net Sale Proceeds, net
equity proceeds, Liquidation Proceeds,
amounts utilised from this Revolving Facility Loan relating to the Zhumadian
Concession, amounts funded by CWC’s joint venture partner in relation to the purchase
of Zhumadian Concession, by reference to that partner’s percentage interest in the
equity share capital of the joint venture company to which the Zhumadian Concession is
granted, Termination Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds, other than the proceeds of any
insurance policy in relation to business interruption loss which are added back to the
total consolidated operating profit of the Group in accordance with the Applicable
Accounting Principles, permitted to be applied for that purpose under this Agreement.
	 
	 	(c)	 	by deducting amounts paid during the Relevant Period by the Group in cash in
respect of Tax;
	 
	 	(d)	 	by excluding any other non-cash items taken into account in calculating EBITDA
(other than to the extent already taken into account in movements in Working Capital);
	 
	 	(e)	 	for the cash effect of extraordinary and exceptional items, to the extent that
cash was actually received or expended during the Relevant Period;
	 
	 	(f)	 	by adding the aggregate amount received during the Relevant Period by the Group
in cash in respect of any rebate of Tax;
	 
	 	(g)	 	by deducting the cost of acquisition of any shares or businesses to the extent
not included in EBITDA;
	 
	 	(h)	 	by adding the net proceeds of any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal of
assets received during that Relevant Period (after deducting the amount of any such
proceeds required to be applied in prepayment under Clause 9.6 (Mandatory prepayment -
Net Sale Proceeds);
	 
	 	(i)	 	by adding the amount of any dividends or other profit distributions (net of
Tax) received by any member of the Group from any person which is not a member of the
Group during that Relevant Period; and
	 
	 	(j)	 	by deducting the amount of any dividends or other profit distributions paid in
cash by the Borrower during that Relevant Period which are received by the Borrower by
way of capital equity investment in the Borrower.

“Debt Service” means, in relation to any Relevant Period, the aggregate of:

68

 

	 	(a)	 	Net Interest Expense for that Relevant Period; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	scheduled repayments, and any other scheduled payments in the nature of
principal, payable by the Group in that Relevant Period in respect of Financial
Indebtedness:

	 	(i)	 	excluding repayments under the Revolving Facility where such
amount remains available to be drawn under the Revolving Facility;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	including all capital payments falling due in relation to any
lease that would be treated as a finance lease or a capital lease under the
Applicable Accounting Principles; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	excluding any Financial Indebtedness between any members of
the Group.

“EBITDA” means, in relation to any Relevant Period, the total consolidated operating profit
of the Group for that Relevant Period:

	 	(a)	 	before taking into account:

	 	(i)	 	Net Interest Expense;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Tax;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	profits (or losses) attributable to minority interests in any
member of the Group;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	any share of the profit of any associated company or
undertaking, except for dividends or other profit distributions (net of Tax)
received in cash by any member of the Group;
	 
	 	(v)	 	all extraordinary and exceptional items; and
	 
	 	(vi)	 	exchange rate gains (or losses) arising due to the
re-translation of balance sheet items and mark-to-market adjustments on
currency swaps;

	 	(b)	 	after excluding (to the extent included) any gains or losses on the disposal or
revaluation of assets (other than in the ordinary course of trading);
	 
	 	(c)	 	after adding any business interruption loss incurred which is covered by
insurance and which is not added back to the total consolidated operating profit of the
Group in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	after adding back all amounts provided for depreciation and amortisation
(including acquisition goodwill).

“Interest Expense” means, in relation to any Relevant Period, the aggregate amount of
interest and any other finance charges (whether or not paid, payable or capitalised, but for
the avoidance of doubt, excluding indexation of the Artesian Facility for that relevant
Period) accrued by the Group in that Relevant Period in respect of Total Borrowings
including:

	 	(a)	 	the interest element of leasing and hire purchase payments;
	 
	 	(b)	 	commitment fees, commissions, structuring fees and guarantee fees; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	prepayment fees,

adjusted by:

69

 

	 	(i)	 	adding back the net amount payable (or deducting the net amount receivable) by
members of the Group in respect of that Relevant Period under any interest or (so far
as they relate to interest) currency hedging arrangements; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	excluding any structuring fees in respect of the Facilities.

“Net Borrowings” means, as at any particular time, Total Borrowings less Cash and Cash
Equivalent Investments at that time.

“Net Interest Expense” means, in relation to any Relevant Period, Interest Expense for that
Relevant Period less interest income of the Group in respect of that Relevant Period to the
extent received by a member of the Group in cash.

“Net Senior Borrowings” means as at any particular time, Total Borrowings less:

	 	(a)	 	Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments at that time;
	 
	 	(b)	 	Intragroup Debt; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	the amount of cash held by a member of the Group as collateral for any
Financial Indebtedness falling within the definition of Total Borrowings and which, if
released from such collateral arrangements would constitute Cash Flow of an Obligor or
Regulated Subsidiary.

“Regulated Asset Value” or “RAV” means the regulatory asset base of BWH plc most recently
published by OFWAT for the applicable Financial Year end, adjusted for inflation to that
Financial Year end, based on the best available information and provided that where a draft
OFWAT determination is available, the figures set out in such draft OFWAT determination
shall be used, adjusted for inflation, unless otherwise agreed by the Agent.

“Relevant Period” each twelve (12) month period ending on a Calculation Date.

“Total Borrowings” means, as at any particular time, the aggregate outstanding principal,
capital or nominal amount (and any fixed or minimum premium payable on prepayment or
redemption) of the Financial Indebtedness of members of the Group.

For this purpose, any amount outstanding or repayable in a currency other than US Dollars
shall on that day be taken into account in its US Dollars equivalent at the rate of exchange
that would have been used had an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Group been
prepared as at that day in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles.

“Working Capital” means, at any time, the current assets of the Group being realisable
within one year (other than Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments) less current liabilities
due within one year (other than Financial Indebtedness).

23   GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 23 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so
long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

70

 

Authorisations and compliance with laws

23.1  Authorisations

	(a)	 	Each Obligor shall promptly obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in
full force and effect (and supply certified copies to the Agent of) any Authorisation required
under any applicable law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:

	 	(i)	 	enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in
the Relevant Jurisdictions of any Finance Documents; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	enable it to carry on its business as it is being conducted from time to time
if failure to obtain, comply with or maintain any such Authorisation would reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

	(b)	 	Each Obligor shall ensure that the Perfection Requirements are complied with promptly and in
any event before the final date on which it is necessary to carry out any such Perfection
Requirement in order to achieve the relevant perfection, protection or priority of any
Security Document.

23.2  Compliance with laws

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if
failure so to comply would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

23.3  Environmental Laws and Licences

Each Obligor shall:

	 	(a)	 	comply with all Environmental Laws to which it may be subject;
	 
	 	(b)	 	obtain all Environmental Licences required in connection with its business; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	comply with the terms of those Environmental Licences,

in each case where failure to do so would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

23.4  Taxes

	(a)	 	Each Obligor shall pay all Taxes required to be paid by it within the time period allowed for
payment without incurring any penalties for non payment other than any penalties incurred as a
result of any late filing which would lead any Obligor to incur a penalty of not more than
£1,000.
	 
	(b)	 	Clause 23.4(a) does not apply to any Taxes:

	 	(i)	 	being contested by the relevant member of the Group in good faith and in
accordance with the relevant procedures;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	which have been disclosed in its financial statements and for which adequate
reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	where payment can be lawfully withheld and will not result in the imposition
of any penalty nor in any Security ranking in priority to the claims of any Finance
Party

71

 

	 	 	 	under any Finance Document or to any Security created under any Security Document.

	(c)	 	No Obligor may change its residence for Tax purposes without the consent of the Agent, such
consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

23.5  Capitalisation

Each Obligor shall ensure that, at all times after the Initial Utilisation Date or, if
later, the date it becomes a Party, it has sufficient equity to be and remain in compliance
with all thin capitalisation rules applicable to it.

Restrictions on business focus

23.6  Merger

	(a)	 	No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate
reconstruction (without the consent of the Agent, such consent not be unreasonably withheld).
	 
	(b)	 	Clause 23.6(a) does not apply to any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or
corporate reconstruction which is a Permitted Acquisition.

23.7  Change of business

Each Obligor shall ensure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the
business of any Obligor or any Regulated Subsidiary taken as a whole from that carried on by
the Group at the date of this Agreement (except with respect to any Regulated Subsidiary to
the extent permitted under the BSTID).

Restrictions on dealing with assets and Security

23.8  Assets

Each Obligor shall maintain in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear
excepted) all its assets necessary for the conduct of its business as conducted from time to
time.

23.9  Pari passu

Each Obligor shall ensure that its obligations under the Finance Documents rank at all times
at least pari passu in right of priority and payment with the claims of all its other
unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law
applying to companies generally.

23.10  Negative pledge

	(a)	 	No Obligor shall create or permit to subsist any Security or Quasi Security except for
Security or Quasi Security which is Permitted Security over any of its assets in favour of any
person who is not an Obligor except to the extent arising under Clause 18 of the general terms
and conditions (algemene bankvoorwaarden) of any member of the Dutch Bankers’ Association
(Nederlandse Vereniging van Banken) or any similar term applied by a financial institution in
the Netherlands pursuant to its general terms and conditions.
	 
	(b)	 	Neither the Borrower nor CSL shall create or permit to subsist any Security or Quasi Security
over their respective shares in the entire issued share capital of Cascal S.A.

72

 

23.11  Disposals

	(a)	 	Subject to Clause 9.6 (Mandatory prepayment — Net Sale Proceeds), no Obligor shall enter into
a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not and whether voluntary
or involuntary) to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.
	 
	(b)	 	Clause 23.11(a) does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal which is a
Permitted Disposal.

23.12  Arm’s length terms

No Obligor shall enter into any contract or arrangement with or for the benefit of any other
person (including any disposal to that person) other than in the ordinary course of
business, for full market value and on arm’s length terms.

Restrictions on movement of cash — cash out

23.13  Loans or credit

	(a)	 	No Obligor shall be a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness.
	 
	(b)	 	Clause 23.13(a) does not apply to Financial Indebtedness which is a Permitted Loan, Permitted
Indebtedness or Existing Indebtedness.

23.14  Guarantees

	(a)	 	No Obligor shall issue or allow to remain outstanding any guarantee in respect of any
liability or obligation of any person.
	 
	(b)	 	Clause 23.14(a) does not apply to any guarantee which is a Permitted Guarantee.

23.15  Restricted payments

	(a)	 	No Obligor shall pay, repay or prepay any principal, interest or other amount on or in
respect of, or redeem, purchase or defease, any Financial Indebtedness except in relation to
Permitted Financial Indebtedness or Existing Indebtedness.
	 
	(b)	 	Each Obligor shall be permitted and shall (and shall procure that each of its Subsidiaries):

	 	(i)	 	declare, pay or make any dividend or other payment or distribution of any kind
on or in respect of any of its shares in compliance with its obligations under this
Agreement and in accordance with the Forecast Model;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	ensure that, once any dividend is declared, the applicable dividend owing to
its Group member shareholder is paid directly to the account of that Group member
shareholder;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	reduce, return, purchase, repay, cancel or redeem any of its shares in
compliance with its obligations under this Agreement and in accordance with the
Forecast Model,

subject in each case to to:

	 	(A)	 	legal and regulatory constraints;
	 
	 	(B)	 	working capital requirements of that Obligor or its Subsidiaries;
	 
	 	(C)	 	any required reinvestment in the Group (provided that the Borrower has given
notice to HSBC of its intentions); and

73

 

	 	(D)	 	any applicable currency restrictions.

	(c)	 	No Obligor shall enter into any agreements that shall in any way impair the ability of any
Subsidiary to pay dividends or other upstream payments.
	 
	(d)	 	Clauses 23.15(a) to (c) do not apply to payments which constitute Permitted Payments

23.16  Existing Finance Documents

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in the Finance Documents operates to restrict or
otherwise prevent a member of the Group from doing anything, taking any action or exercising
any right under any document evidencing Permitted Financial Indebtedness and nothing
permitted to be done under the any document evidencing Permitted Financial Indebtedness
shall be in contravention of the Finance Documents.

Movement of cash — cash in

23.17  Financial Indebtedness

	(a)	 	No Obligor shall incur (or agree to incur) or allow to remain outstanding any Financial
Indebtedness.
	 
	(b)	 	Clause 23.17(a) does not apply to Financial Indebtedness that is Permitted Financial
Indebtedness or Existing Indebtedness.
	 
	(c)	 	The Borrower shall ensure that on the Initial Utilisation Date all existing debt (including
any undrawn facilities), except for Existing Indebtedness and Permitted Financial
Indebtedness, is prepaid, repaid or cancelled in full and any Security in relation to it is
released.

23.18  Issue of shares

	(a)	 	No Obligor shall:

	 	(i)	 	issue any share to any person; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	grant to any person any conditional or unconditional option, warrant or other
right to call for the issue or allotment of, subscribe for, purchase or otherwise
acquire any share of any member of the Group (including any right of pre-emption,
conversion or exchange), or alter any right attaching to any share capital of any
member of the Group.

	(b)	 	Clause 23.18(b) does not apply to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Miscellaneous

23.19  Security and guarantees

	(a)	 	The Borrower shall:

	 	(i)	 	promptly notify the Agent if:

	 	(A)	 	any new member of the Group is incorporated;
	 
	 	(B)	 	any member of the Group ceases to be a Dormant Company; or
	 
	 	(C)	 	any business that is material in the context of the business of
the member of the Group that acquires that business is acquired; and

74

 

	 	(ii)	 	within 30 days of request by the Agent (acting reasonably), ensure that the
relevant member of the Group will:

	 	(A)	 	become an Additional Guarantor; and
	 
	 	(B)	 	execute (or, as the case may be, procure the execution of)
Security Document(s), in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent,
in respect of that member of the Group, its business or its assets in favour of
the Finance Parties to secure all of the obligations of the Obligors under the
Finance Documents.

	(b)	 	Each Obligor shall, at its own expense, promptly take all such action as the Agent or the
Security Agent may require:

	 	(i)	 	for the purpose of perfecting or protecting any of the Finance Parties’ rights
under, and preserving the Security intended to be created or evidenced by, any of the
Finance Documents; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	for the purpose of facilitating the realisation of any of that Security,

including the execution of any transfer, conveyance, assignment or assurance of any asset
and the giving of any notice, order or direction and the making of any registration which
the Agent or the Security Agent may reasonably require.

	(c)	 	No Obligor shall do, or consent to the doing of, anything which might prejudice the validity,
enforceability or priority of any of the Security created pursuant to the Security Documents.

23.20  Insurance

	(a)	 	Each Obligor shall maintain insurances on and in relation to its business and assets with
reputable independent underwriters or insurance companies against those risks, and to the
extent, usually insured against by prudent companies located in the same or a similar location
and carrying on a similar business required by applicable law or by contract;
	 
	(b)	 	Each Obligor shall promptly pay premiums and do all things necessary to maintain insurances
required of it by Clause 23.20(a).

23.21  Pensions

	(a)	 	The Borrower shall ensure that all pension schemes maintained or operated by or for the
benefit of any Obligor or Regulated Subsidiary and/or any of its employees:

	 	(i)	 	are maintained and operated in all material respects in accordance with all
applicable laws and contracts and their governing provisions; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	are funded substantially in accordance with the governing provisions of the
scheme with any funding shortfall advised by actuaries of recognised standing being
rectified in accordance with those governing provisions.

	(b)	 	The Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent of any material change in the rate of
contributions to any pension schemes referred to in Clause 23.21(a) paid or recommended to be
paid (whether by the scheme actuary or otherwise) or required (by law or otherwise).

23.22  Financial assistance

Each Obligor shall ensure that all payments between members of the Group, and any Security
created pursuant to any Finance Document by any member of the Group, are

75

 

made or created in compliance with any applicable law or regulation in any relevant
jurisdiction concerning financial assistance by a company for the acquisition of or
subscription for shares or concerning the protection of shareholders’ capital.

23.23  Bank accounts

	(a)	 	The Borrower shall only maintain the Prepayment Account, the Collection Account, the
Operating Account and accounts with ABN Amro in the Netherlands for the purpose of receiving
funds in Euro for VAT recoveries.
	 
	(b)	 	The Borrower shall transfer sums to the Operating Account from any account held with ABN Amro
referred to in Clause 23.23(a) to ensure the balance of such account shall never exceed
€10,000.

23.24  Acquisitions and investments

	(a)	 	No Obligor shall (and each Obligor shall ensure that its Subsidiaries shall not):

	 	(i)	 	invest in or acquire any share in, or any security issued by, any person, or
any interest therein or in the capital of any person, or make any capital contribution
to any person, or form any person (or agree to do any of the foregoing); or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	invest in or acquire any business or going concern, or the whole or
substantially the whole of the assets or business of any person, or any assets that
constitute a division or operating unit of the business of any person (or agree to do
any of the foregoing).

	(b)	 	Clause 23.24(a) does not apply to any acquisition or investment or capital contribution which
is a Permitted Acquisition.

23.25  Registration Rights Agreement

The Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy its obligation to
effect any demand registration(s) pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement to enable
Biwater Investments Limited to sell shares in the Borrower in accordance with, and subject
to, the terms and conditions of the Agreement.

24  CSL ADDITIONAL COVENANTS AND UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 24 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so
long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

24.1  Compliance with other financing obligations

	(a)	 	CSL shall use its best endeavours to ensure that BWHW Group procures that the Regulated
Subsidiaries shall comply with their respective obligations under the BSTID.
	 
	(b)	 	CSL shall use its best endeavours to ensure that BWHW Group procures that the Regulated
Subsidiaries do give notice to the Agent immediately upon becoming aware of the occurrence of
any default, or event of default that occurs in relation to the BSTID.

24.2  No amendment, waiver and consent

	(a)	 	CSL shall use its best endeavours to ensure that BWHW Group procures that the Regulated
Subsidiaries do not agree to amend, vary, waive or give any consent in relation

76

 

	 	 	to any provision of the BSTID without the prior written consent of the Agent and the Lenders
such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
	 
	(b)	 	CSL shall use its best endeavours to ensure that BWHW Group procures that the Regulated
Subsidiaries give notice to the Agent immediately upon becoming aware of any such proposed
amendment, variation, waiver and consent.

24.3  Regulated Subsidiary compliance with Forecast Model

CSL shall use its best endeavours to ensure the BWHW Group procures (subject to applicable
laws and regulations) that each of the Regulated Subsidiaries pays CSL all monies owing to
it and shall take such steps, and shall ensure that the Regulated Subsidiaries take such
steps, as otherwise may be required to comply with each Obligor’s obligations under the
Finance Documents to the extent permitted under the BSTID.

24.4  BWHW Group as holding company

CSL shall use its best endeavours to ensure that:

	 	(a)	 	BWHW Group shall not carry on any business, own any asset or incur any
liability other than holding the entire issued share capital of Bournemouth & West
Hampshire Water Holdings Limited; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	BWHW Group procures that Bournemouth & West Hampshire Water Holdings Limited
shall not carry on any business, own any asset or incur any liability other than
holding the entire issued share capital of BWH plc as permitted by the BSTID.

25     EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 25 is an Event of Default (save
for Clause 25.21 (Acceleration)).

25.1  Non-payment

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at
the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

	 	(a)	 	its failure to pay is caused by:

	 	(i)	 	administrative or technical error; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	a Disruption Event; and

	 	(b)	 	payment is made within in the case of Clause 25.1(a)(i), three (3) Business
Days of its due date for amounts corresponding to principal and five (5) Business Days
of its due date for amounts corresponding to Interest.

25.2  Financial covenants

Any requirement of Clause 22 (Financial covenants) is not satisfied.

25.3  Other obligations

	(a)	 	Any person (other than a Finance Party) does not comply with Clause 23.6 (Merger), Clause
23.9 (Pari passu), Clause 23.10 (Negative pledge), Clause 23.11 (Disposals), Clause 23.13
(Loans or credit), Clause 23.14 (Guarantees), Clause 23.15 (Restricted payments), Clause 23.17
(Financial Indebtedness), Clause 23.18 (Issue of shares), and

77

 

	 	 	Clause 23.19 (Security and guarantees) and Clause 24 (CSL Additional Covenants and
Undertakings).
	 
	(b)	 	Any Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those
referred to in Clause 25.1 (Non-payment), Clause 25.2 (Financial covenants) and Clause
25.3(a)) unless the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within thirty (30)
days of the Agent giving notice to the Borrower or the Borrower becoming aware of the failure
to comply.

25.4  Misrepresentation

	(a)	 	Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance
Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in
connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when
made or deemed to be made unless the facts or circumstances underlying the misrepresentation
are capable of remedy and are remedied within thirty (30) days of the Agent giving notice to
the Borrower or the Borrower becoming aware of the misrepresentation.
	 
	(b)	 	Any misrepresentation made in relation to a Subsidiary of an Obligor that is not a Regulated
Subsidiary, will only constitute an Event of Default under this Clause 25.4 if such
misrepresentation is considered by the Lenders to have a Material Adverse Effect.

25.5  Cross default

	(a)	 	Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor or any member of the Group (other than a Regulated
Subsidiary) or under any Permitted Financial Indebtedness and/or under the Existing
Indebtedness is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.
	 
	(b)	 	Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor or any member of the Group (other than a Regulated
Subsidiary) or under any Permitted Financial Indebtedness and/or under the Existing
Indebtedness is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified
maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).
	 
	(c)	 	Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor or any member of the Group
(other than a Regulated Subsidiary) or under any Permitted Financial Indebtedness and/or under
the Existing Indebtedness is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any member of the Group
as a result of an event of default (however described).
	 
	(d)	 	Any creditor of any Obligor or any member of the Group (other than a Regulated Subsidiary) or
under Permitted Financial Indebtedness and/or under the Existing Indebtedness becomes entitled
to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group due and payable prior to its
specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).
	 
	(e)	 	No Event of Default shall occur under this Clause 25.5, if the aggregate amount of Financial
Indebtedness or amount committed for Financial Indebtedness is less than US$2,000,000.

25.6  Insolvency

	(a)	 	Any Obligor is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends, or
threatens to suspend, making payments on any of its debts (or any class of them) or, by reason
of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or

78

 

	 	 	more of its creditors (or any class of them) (other than the Lenders) with a view to
rescheduling any of its indebtedness or any Dutch Obligor or Subsidiary incorporated in the
Netherlands gives notice under section 36(2) of the Dutch 1990 Tax Collection Act
(Invorderingswet 1990).
	 
	(b)	 	The value of the assets of any Obligor is less than its liabilities (taking into account
contingent and prospective liabilities).
	 
	(c)	 	A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor.

25.7  Insolvency proceedings

	(a)	 	Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

	 	(i)	 	the suspension of payments, (including without limitation any emergency
regulations (noodregeling)) a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution,
administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of
arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any
Obligor;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver,
administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Obligor or
any of its assets; or
	 
	 	(iv)	 	the enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Obligor,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

	(b)	 	Clause 25.7(a) shall not apply to:

	 	(i)	 	any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step which is
part of a solvent reorganisation of any Obligor permitted under this Agreement; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged,
stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement and prior to its advertisement.

25.8  Creditors’ process

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution (including by way of
executory attachment (executioriaal beslag) or interlocutory attachment (conservatoir
beslag) or any analogous process in any jurisdiction affects any asset or assets of an
Obligor having an aggregate value of US$500,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or
currencies) and is not discharged within 15 Business Days.

25.9  Ownership

Any Obligor (other than the Borrower) is not or ceases to be directly or indirectly a
Subsidiary of the Borrower.

25.10 Unlawfulness

 It is or becomes unlawful for any Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the
Finance Documents.

79

 

25.11 Repudiation

Any Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance
Document.

25.12 Security and guarantees

Any Security Document or any guarantee in or any subordination under any Finance Document is
not in full force and effect or any Security Document does not create in favour of the
Security Agent for the benefit of the Finance Parties, the Security which it is expressed to
create fully perfected and with the ranking and priority it is expressed to have in a manner
and to an extent reasonably considered by the Majority Lenders to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

25.13 Constitutional documents

Any constitutional document of any Obligor or any Regulated Subsidiary is terminated, or is
amended in a way, or any consent or waiver is given in respect of any such document, which
might be material to the interests of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.

25.14 Cessation of business

Any Obligor or any Regulated Subsidiary suspends or ceases (or threatens to suspend or
cease) to carry on all or a material part of its business.

25.15 Nationalisation

Any step is taken by any person with a view to the seizure, compulsory acquisition,
expropriation or nationalisation of all or any of the shares, or all or any material part of
the assets of any Obligor or any Regulated Subsidiary.

25.16 Audit qualification

	(a)	 	The auditors qualify their report on any audited consolidated financial statement of any
Obligor or any Regulated Subsidiary or any audited financial statement of any Obligor or any
Regulated Subsidiary.
	 
	(b)	 	Clause 25.16(a) shall only apply to the Regulated Subsidiaries to the extent it does not
contradict the provisions of the BSTID.

25.17 Litigation

Any litigation, arbitration, proceeding or dispute is started or threatened or there are any
circumstances likely to give rise to any litigation, arbitration, proceeding or dispute, in
each case which is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and would reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

25.18 Material adverse change

The Majority Lenders determine that a Material Adverse Effect exists, has occurred or might
reasonably be expected to occur.

80

 

25.19 Operations of Subsidiaries

Notice of or actual termination, suspension, cancellation or revocation of the licence,
concession, or authority to operate the principal business of any Obligor.

25.20 Cross Default with BSTID

The occurrence of an Acceleration Event (as defined in the BSTID).

25.21 Acceleration

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default the Agent may, and shall if
so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower:

	 	(i)	 	cancel the Total Commitments whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	declare that all or part of the Utilisations, together with accrued interest,
and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately
due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or
	 
	 	(iii)	 	declare that all or part of the Utilisations be payable on demand, whereupon
they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the
Majority Lenders; and/or
	 
	 	(iv)	 	declare that full cash cover in respect of any Bank Guarantee is immediately
due and payable, whereupon it shall become immediately due and payable;
	 
	 	(v)	 	require the Borrower to find a replacement bank to issue a replacement bank
guarantee as soon as possible but in any event no later than 30 days prior to the
Expiry Date of the existing Bank Guarantee; and/or
	 
	 	(vi)	 	declare that full cash cover in respect of each or any Bank Guarantee is
payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent
on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

81

 

SECTION 9

CHANGES TO PARTIES

	26	 	CHANGES TO THE LENDERS
	 
	26.1	 	Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

	 	 	Subject to this Clause 26, a Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may:

	 	(a)	 	assign any of its rights; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

	 	 	to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is
regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in
loans, securities or other financial assets provided that the value of the rights assigned
or transferred is a least €50,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) or the assignee
or transferee otherwise qualifies as a PMP (the “New Lender”).

	26.2	 	Conditions of assignment or transfer
	 
	(a)	 	The consent of the Borrower is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender,
unless the assignment or transfer is to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender.
	 
	(b)	 	The consent of the Issuing Bank is required for any assignment or transfer by an Existing
Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under the Guarantee Facility.
	 
	(c)	 	The consent of the Borrower to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed. The Borrower will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the
Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Borrower within
that time.
	 
	(d)	 	The consent of the Borrower to an assignment or transfer must not be withheld solely because
the assignment or transfer may result in an increase to the Mandatory Cost.
	 
	(e)	 	An assignment will only be effective on:

	 	(i)	 	receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same
obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an
Original Lender; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other
similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment
to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the
Existing Lender and the New Lender.

	(f)	 	If:

	 	(i)	 	a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the
Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or
change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or
Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 14 (Tax gross-up and
indemnities) or Clause 15 (Increased costs),

82

 

	 	 	then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to
receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender
acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or
change had not occurred.
	 
	26.3	 	Assignment or transfer fee
	 
	 	 	The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to
the Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,000 to the Agent.
	 
	26.4	 	Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders
	 
	(a)	 	Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or
warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

	 	(i)	 	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the
Finance Documents or any other documents;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the financial condition of any Obligor or other person;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	the performance and observance by any Obligor or other person of its
obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or
	 
	 	(iv)	 	the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in
connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

	 	 	and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.
	 
	(b)	 	Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

	 	(i)	 	has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and
assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related
entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied
exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other
Finance Party in connection with any Finance Document; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of
each Obligor and its related entities and any other person whilst any amount is or may
be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

	(c)	 	Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

	 	(i)	 	accept a re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations
assigned or transferred under this Clause 26; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason
of the non-performance by any Obligor or other person of its obligations under the
Finance Documents or otherwise.

	26.5	 	Procedure for transfer
	 
	(a)	 	Subject to the conditions set out in this Clause 26 a transfer is effected in accordance with
Clause 26.5(c) when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate
delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to Clause
26.5(b), as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed
Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and
delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

83

 

	(b)	 	The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the
Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary
“know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in
relation to the transfer to such New Lender.
	 
	(c)	 	On the Transfer Date:

	 	(i)	 	to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to
transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents each of the
Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one
another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another
under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and
Obligations”);
	 
	 	(ii)	 	each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one
another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged
Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed
and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent, the New Lender, the Lenders and
the Issuing Bank shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between
themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original
Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the
transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent, the Issuing
Bank and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each
other under the Finance Documents; and
	 
	 	(iv)	 	the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

	26.6	 	Copy of Transfer Certificate to Borrower
	 
	 	 	The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer
Certificate, send to the Borrower a copy of that Transfer Certificate.
	 
	26.7	 	Disclosure of information
	 
	 	 	Any Lender may disclose to any of its Affiliates and:

	 	(a)	 	any other person to (or through) whom that Lender assigns or transfers (or may
potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and obligations under this
Agreement;
	 
	 	(b)	 	any other person with (or through) whom that Lender enters into (or may
potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction
under which payments are to be made by reference to, this Agreement or any Obligor;
	 
	 	(c)	 	any other person to whom, and to the extent that, information is required to be
disclosed by any applicable law or regulation; or
	 
	 	(d)	 	any other person for whose benefit that Lender charges, assigns or otherwise
creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 26.8 (Assignment by way of
Security),

	 	 	any information about any Obligor, the Group, any other person and the Finance Documents as
that Lender shall consider appropriate if, in relation to Clauses 26.7(a) and

84

 

	 	 	(b), the person to whom the information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality
Undertaking.
	 
	26.8	 	Assignment by way of Security
	 
	 	 	In addition to the other rights provided in this Clause 26, each Lender may, without the
consent of any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over
(whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance
Document to secure the obligations of that Lender, including:

	 	(a)	 	any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal
reserve or central bank; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other
Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of
obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as Security for those
obligations or securities,

	 	 	except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

	 	(i)	 	release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or
substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the
Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	require any payments to be made by an Obligor or grant to any person any more
extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under
the Finance Documents.

	26.9	 	Sub-participations
	 
	 	 	Any Lender may, without the consent of any Obligor, at any time sub-participate or
sub-contract any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.
	 
	27	 	CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS
	 
	27.1	 	Assignments and transfer by Obligors
	 
	 	 	No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under
the Finance Documents.
	 
	27.2	 	Additional Guarantors
	 
	(a)	 	Subject to compliance with the provisions of Clause 21.11(c) and (d), the Borrower may
request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Guarantor. That
Subsidiary, and/or any Subsidiary which is required by this Agreement to become an Additional
Guarantor, shall become an Additional Guarantor if:

	 	(i)	 	the Borrower delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession
Letter; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part
IV of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each
in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

85

 

	(b)	 	The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has
received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence
listed in Part IV of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent).
	 
	27.3	 	Repetition of Representations
	 
	 	 	Delivery of an Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the
representations and warranties referred to in Clause 20.29(b) are true and correct in
relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and
circumstances then existing.
	 
	27.4	 	Resignation of a Guarantor
	 
	(a)	 	The Borrower may request that a Guarantor (other than the Borrower) ceases to be a Guarantor
by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.
	 
	(b)	 	The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Borrower and the Lenders of its
acceptance if:

	 	(i)	 	no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation
Letter (and the Borrower has confirmed this is the case); and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	all the Lenders have consented to the Borrower’s request.

86

 

SECTION 10

THE FINANCE PARTIES

	28	 	ROLE OF THE AGENT AND THE ARRANGER
	 
	28.1	 	Appointment of the Agent
	 
	(a)	 	Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with
the Finance Documents.
	 
	(b)	 	Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and
discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents
together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.
	 
	(c)	 	Each other Finance Party authorises each of the Agent and the Arranger to agree, accept and
sign on its behalf the terms of any reliance or engagement letter in relation to any report or
letter provided by any person in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions
contemplated in them (including any net asset letter in connection with financial assistance
procedures).
	 
	28.2	 	Duties of the Agent
	 
	(a)	 	The Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is
delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.
	 
	(b)	 	Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to
review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another
Party.
	 
	(c)	 	If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default
and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Finance
Parties.
	 
	(d)	 	If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other
fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or the Arranger) under this Agreement, it
shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.
	 
	(e)	 	The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in
nature.
	 
	28.3	 	Role of the Arranger
	 
	 	 	Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of
any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.
	 
	28.4	 	No fiduciary duties
	 
	(a)	 	Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent, or the Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of
any other person.
	 
	(b)	 	Neither the Agent nor the Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the
profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

87

 

	28.5	 	Business with the Group
	 
	 	 	The Agent and the Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in
any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group or any other person.
	 
	28.6	 	Rights and discretions of the Agent
	 
	(a)	 	The Agent may rely on:

	 	(i)	 	any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct
and appropriately authorised; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any
person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge
or within his power to verify.

	(b)	 	The Agent may assume, unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent
for the Lenders, that:

	 	(i)	 	no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising
under Clause 25.1 (Non-payment));
	 
	 	(ii)	 	any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of
Lenders has not been exercised; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than a Utilisation) is made
on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

	(c)	 	The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants,
surveyors or other experts.
	 
	(d)	 	The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.
	 
	(e)	 	The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has
received as agent under this Agreement.
	 
	(f)	 	Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the
Agent nor the Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its
reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary
duty or duty of confidentiality.
	 
	28.7	 	Majority Lenders’ instructions
	 
	(g)	 	Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any
right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any
instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority
Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as
Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking
any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.
	 
	(h)	 	Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the
Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.
	 
	(i)	 	The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders
(or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for
any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying
with the instructions.

88

 

	(j)	 	In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders),
the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest
of the Lenders.
	 
	(k)	 	The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that
Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.
	 
	28.8	 	Responsibility for documentation
	 
	 	 	Neither the Agent nor the Arranger:

	 	(a)	 	is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any
information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Arranger, an Obligor
or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or
enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document
entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance
Document.

	28.9	 	Exclusion of liability
	 
	(a)	 	Without limiting Clause 28.9(b) (and without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 34.10(e)),
the Agent will not be liable including without limitation for negligence or any other category
of liability whatsoever for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance
Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
	 
	(b)	 	No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or
agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of
any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance
Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause.
	 
	(c)	 	The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an
account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the
Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the
regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by
the Agent for that purpose.
	 
	(d)	 	Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Arranger to carry out any “know your
customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender
confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is
required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks
made by the Agent or the Arranger.
	 
	28.10	 	Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent
	 
	(a)	 	Subject to Clause 28.10(b), each Lender shall (in proportion to its Available Commitments and
participations in the Utilisations then outstanding to the Available Facilities and all the
Utilisations) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost,
loss or liability including without limitation for negligence or any other category of
liability whatsoever incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of its gross negligence
or wilful misconduct) (or in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 34.10
(Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence
or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based

89

 

	 	 	on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless it has
been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).
	 
	(b)	 	If the Available Facilities are then zero, each Lender’s indemnity under Clause 28.10(a)
shall be in proportion to its Available Commitments to the Available Facilities immediately
prior to their reduction to zero.
	 
	28.11	 	Resignation of the Agent
	 
	(a)	 	The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United
Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower.
	 
	(b)	 	Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the
Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) may
appoint a successor Agent.
	 
	(c)	 	If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with Clause
28.11(b) within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the Agent (after consultation
with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United
Kingdom).
	 
	(d)	 	The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such
documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably
request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.
	 
	(e)	 	The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.
	 
	(f)	 	Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further
obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of
this Clause 28. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and
obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original
Party.
	 
	(g)	 	After consultation with the Borrower, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent,
require it to resign in accordance with Clause 28.11(b). In this event, the Agent shall resign
in accordance with Clause 28.11(b).
	 
	28.12	 	Confidentiality
	 
	(a)	 	In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its
agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or
departments.
	 
	(b)	 	If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated
as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have
notice of it.
	 
	28.13	 	Relationship with the Lenders
	 
	(a)	 	The Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under this Agreement and
acting through its Facility Office unless it has received not less than five Business Days’
prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

90

 

	(b)	 	Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in order to
calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with Schedule 4 (Mandatory Cost formulae).
	 
	28.14	 	Credit appraisal by the Lenders
	 
	 	 	Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its
behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent and the
Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own
independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any
Finance Document including but not limited to:

	 	(a)	 	the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any
Finance Document and any other agreement, Security, arrangement or document entered
into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance
Document;
	 
	 	(c)	 	whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse,
against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any
Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other
agreement, Security, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in
anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the
Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance
Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other
agreement, Security, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in
anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.

	28.15	 	Reference Banks
	 
	 	 	If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an
Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Borrower)
appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.
	 
	28.16	 	Management time of the Agent
	 
	 	 	Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause 16.2 (Indemnity to the Agent and the Security
Agent), Clause 18 (Costs and expenses) and Clause 28.10 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent)
shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will
be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify
to the Borrower and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent
under Clause 13 (Fees).
	 
	28.17	 	Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent
	 
	 	 	If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents, the Agent may, after
giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to
that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents
and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the
purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount
so deducted.

91

 

	29	 	ROLE OF THE SECURITY AGENT
	 
	29.1	 	Appointment of the Security Agent
	 
	(a)	 	Each other Finance Party appoints the Security Agent to act as security trustee under and in
connection with the Finance Documents in relation to any security interest which is expressed
to be or is construed to be governed by English law, or any other law from time to time
designated by the Security Agent and an Obligor.
	 
	(b)	 	Except as expressly provided in Clause 29.1(a), and without limiting or affecting Clause
29.18 (Parallel Debt), each other Finance Party appoints the Security Agent to act as security
agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.
	 
	(c)	 	Each other Finance Party authorises the Security Agent to exercise the rights, powers,
authorities and discretions specifically given to it under or in connection with the Finance
Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.
	 
	29.2	 	Duties of the Security Agent
	 
	(a)	 	The Agent shall promptly send to the Security Agent such certification as the Security Agent
may require pursuant to paragraph 7 (Basis of distribution) of Schedule 10 (Security agency
provisions).
	 
	(b)	 	The duties of the Security Agent under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and
administrative in nature.
	 
	29.3	 	Role of the Security Agent
	 
	 	 	The Security Agent shall not be an agent or trustee of any Finance Party (save as expressly
provided in any Finance Document) or any Obligor or any other person under or in connection
with any Finance Document or this Agreement.
	 
	29.4	 	No fiduciary duties
	 
	(a)	 	Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Security Agent (except as expressly provided in
Clause 29.18 (Parallel Debt) or Schedule 10 (Security agency provisions)) as a trustee or
fiduciary of any other person.
	 
	(b)	 	The Security Agent shall not be bound to account to any Finance Party for any sum or the
profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.
	 
	29.5	 	Business with the Group
	 
	 	 	The Security Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind
of banking or other business with any member of the Group or any other person.
	 
	29.6	 	Rights and discretions of the Security Agent
	 
	(a)	 	The Security Agent may rely on:

	 	(i)	 	any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct
and appropriately authorised; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any
person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge
or within his power to verify.

92

 

	(b)	 	The Security Agent may assume, unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity
as security trustee or security agent for the Finance Parties, that:

	 	(i)	 	no event of default or potential event of default, however described, has
occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of an event of default or potential event of
default, however described, arising under Clause 25.1 (Non-payment));
	 
	 	(ii)	 	any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of
Lenders or Finance Parties has not been exercised; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request)
is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

	(c)	 	The Security Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers,
accountants, surveyors or other experts.
	 
	(d)	 	The Security Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and
agents.
	 
	(e)	 	The Security Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it
has received as Security Agent.
	 
	(f)	 	Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security
Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable
opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty
of confidentiality.
	 
	29.7	 	Responsibility for documentation
	 
	 	 	The Security Agent is not responsible for:

	 	(a)	 	the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or
written) supplied by the Security Agent, an Obligor or any other person given in or in
connection with any Finance Document; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any
Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or
executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document.

	29.8	 	Exclusion of liability
	 
	(a)	 	Without limiting Clause 29.8(b), the Security Agent will not be liable for any action taken
by it under or in connection with any Finance Document unless directly caused by its gross
negligence or wilful misconduct.
	 
	(b)	 	No Party (other than the Security Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer,
employee or agent of the Security Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the
Security Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or
agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Security
Agent may rely on this Clause.
	 
	(c)	 	The Security Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in
crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by it if
it has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the
regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by it
for that purpose.

93

 

	29.9	 	Finance Parties’ indemnity to the Security Agent
	 
	 	 	Each other Finance Party shall (in proportion to its Available Commitments and
participations in the Utilisations then outstanding to the Available Facilities and all the
Utilisations) indemnify the Security Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against
any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Security Agent (otherwise than by reason of its
gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Security Agent under the Finance
Documents (unless it has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).
	 
	29.10	 	Resignation of the Security Agent
	 
	(a)	 	The Security Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in
the United Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the Finance Parties.
	 
	(b)	 	Alternatively the Security Agent may resign by giving notice to the Finance Parties, in which
case the Majority Lenders, until the Discharge Date (after consultation with the Borrower) may
appoint a successor Security Agent.
	 
	(c)	 	If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Security Agent in accordance with
Clause 29.10(b) within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the Security Agent
(after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Security Agent (acting through
an office in the United Kingdom).
	 
	(d)	 	The retiring Security Agent shall make available to its successor such documents and records
and provide such assistance as its successor may reasonably request for the purposes of
performing its functions as Security Agent under the Finance Documents.
	 
	(e)	 	The resignation notice of the Security Agent shall only take effect upon the appointment of a
successor.
	 
	(f)	 	Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Agent shall be discharged from any
further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the
benefit of this Clause 29. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same
rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an
original Party.
	 
	(g)	 	After consultation with the Borrower, the Majority Lenders, until the Discharge Date, may, by
notice to the Security Agent, require it to resign in accordance with Clause 29.10(b). In this
event, the Security Agent shall resign in accordance with Clause 29.10(b).
	 
	29.11	 	Confidentiality
	 
	(a)	 	The Security Agent (in acting as security trustee or security agent for the Finance Parties)
shall be regarded as acting through its respective security trustee or security agency
division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or
departments.
	 
	(b)	 	If information is received by another division or department of the Security Agent, it may be
treated as confidential to that division or department and the Security Agent shall not be
deemed to have notice of it.
	 
	29.12	 	Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties
	 
	 	 	Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor or other person for information supplied
by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Finance Party

94

 

	 	 	confirms to the Security Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible
for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in
connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

	 	(a)	 	the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any
Finance Document or any other agreement, Security, arrangement or document entered
into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance
Document;
	 
	 	(c)	 	whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that
recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with
any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any
other agreement, Security, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in
anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the
Security Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any
Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other
agreement, Security, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in
anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.

	29.13	 	Management time of the Security Agent
	 
	 	 	Any amount payable to the Security Agent under Clause 29.9 (Finance Parties’ indemnity to
the Security Agent) and Clause 30 (Expenses) shall include the cost of utilising its
management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable
daily or hourly rates as it may notify to the Borrower and the Agent, and is in addition to
any fee paid or payable to it under any Finance Document.
	 
	29.14	 	Deduction from amounts payable by the Security Agent
	 
	 	 	If any Party owes an amount to the Security Agent under the Finance Documents, the Security
Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount
from any payment to that Party which the Security Agent would otherwise be obliged to make
under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the
amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as
having received any amount so deducted.
	 
	29.15	 	Security agency provisions
	 
	 	 	The provisions of Schedule 10 (Security agency provisions) shall bind each Party.
	 
	29.16	 	Indemnity to the Security Agent
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall promptly indemnify the Security Agent against any cost, loss or liability
incurred by the Security Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

	 	(a)	 	investigating any event which it reasonably believes is an event of default or
potential event of default, however described; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably
believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

95

 

	29.17	 	Security Agent expenses
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall promptly on demand pay the Security Agent the amount of all costs and
expenses (including legal fees) incurred by it in connection with the administration or
release of any Security created pursuant to any Security Document.
	 
	29.18	 	Parallel Debt
	 
	(a)	 	Each Obligor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Security Agent
amounts equal to any amounts owing from time to time by that Obligor to any Finance Party
under any Finance Document as and when those amounts are due.
	 
	(b)	 	Each Obligor and the Security Agent acknowledge that the obligations of each Obligor under
Clause 29.18(a) are several and are separate and independent from, and shall not in any way
limit or affect, the corresponding obligations of that Obligor to any Finance Party under any
Finance Document (its “Corresponding Debt”) nor shall the amounts for which each Obligor is
liable under Clause 29.18(a) (its “Parallel Debt”) be limited or affected in any way by its
Corresponding Debt provided that:

	 	(i)	 	the Parallel Debt of each Obligor shall be decreased to the extent that its
Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably paid or (in the case of guarantee obligations)
discharged; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the Corresponding Debt of each Obligor shall be decreased to the extent that
its Parallel Debt has been irrevocably paid or (in the case of guarantee obligations)
discharged; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	the amount of the Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall at all times be equal to
the amount of its Corresponding Debt.

	(c)	 	For the purpose of this Clause 29.18, the Security Agent acts in its own name and not as a
trustee, and its claims in respect of the Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust. The
Security granted under the Finance Documents to the Security Agent to secure the Parallel Debt
is granted to the Security Agent in its capacity as creditor of the Parallel Debt and shall
not be held on trust.
	 
	(d)	 	All moneys received or recovered by the Security Agent pursuant to this Clause 29.18, and all
amounts received or recovered by the Security Agent from or by the enforcement of any Security
granted to secure the Parallel Debt, shall be applied in accordance with Clause 31.1 (Order of
application).
	 
	(e)	 	Without limiting or affecting the Security Agent’s rights against the Obligors (whether under
this Clause 29.18 or under any other provision of the Finance Documents), each Obligor
acknowledges that:

	 	(i)	 	nothing in this Clause 29.18 shall impose any obligation on the Security Agent
to advance any sum to any Obligor or otherwise under any Finance Document except in its
capacity as a Senior Lender; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	for the purpose of any vote taken under any Finance Document, the Security
Agent shall not be regarded as having any participation or commitment other than those
which it has in its capacity as a Lender.

96

 

	30	 	EXPENSES
	 
	 	 	To the extent not already paid under another Finance Document, each Obligor will, within
three Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and
expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the
enforcement or preservation of that person’s rights against that Obligor under this
Agreement.
	 
	31	 	ORDER OF APPLICATION
	 
	31.1	 	Order of application
	 
	 	 	Subject to the rights of creditors mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies
generally, the proceeds of enforcement of the Security conferred by the Security Documents,
all recoveries by the Security Agent under guarantees of the debt and all other amounts paid
to the Security Agent pursuant to this Agreement shall be applied in the following order:

	 	(a)	 	first, in or towards payment of any unpaid fees, costs, expenses and
liabilities (including any interest thereon as provided in the Security Documents)
incurred by or on behalf of the Security Agent (or any adviser, receiver, delegate,
attorney or agent) and the remuneration of the Security Agent (or any adviser,
receiver, delegate, attorney or agent) in connection with carrying out its duties or
exercising powers or discretions under the Security Documents or this Agreement;
	 
	 	(b)	 	second, in or towards payment to the Agent for application towards any unpaid
costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Finance Party in connection with
such enforcement, recovery or other payment pari passu between themselves; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	third, after the Discharge Date, in payment of the surplus (if any) to the
relevant Obligor or other person entitled thereto.

	31.2	 	Good discharge
	 
	 	 	An acknowledgement of receipt signed by the relevant person to whom payments are to be made
under this Clause 31 shall be a good discharge of the Security Agent.
	 
	32	 	CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES
	 
	 	 	No provision of this Agreement will:

	 	(a)	 	interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or
otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;
	 
	 	(b)	 	oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission
or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or
	 
	 	(c)	 	oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs
(tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

97

 

	33	 	SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES
	 
	33.1	 	Payments to Finance Parties
	 
	 	 	If a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from an
Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 34 (Payment mechanics) and applies that amount
to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

	 	(a)	 	the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details
of the receipt or recovery to the Agent;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the
amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery
been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 34
(Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the
Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the
Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such receipt or
recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering
Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 34.5
(Partial payments).

	33.2	 	Redistribution of payments
	 
	 	 	The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and
distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) in
accordance with Clause 34.5 (Partial payments).
	 
	33.3	 	Recovering Finance Party’s rights
	 
	(a)	 	On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 33.2 (Redistribution of payments), the Recovering
Finance Party will be subrogated to the rights of the Finance Parties which have shared in the
redistribution.
	 
	(b)	 	If and to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on its rights
under Clause 33.3(a), the relevant Obligor shall be liable to the Recovering Finance Party for
a debt equal to the Sharing Payment which is immediately due and payable.
	 
	33.4	 	Reversal of redistribution
	 
	 	 	If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party
becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

	 	(a)	 	each Finance Party which has received a share of the relevant Sharing Payment
pursuant to Clause 33.2 (Redistribution of payments) shall, upon request of the Agent,
pay to the Agent for account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the
appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is
necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest
on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay); and
	 
	 	(b)	 	that Recovering Finance Party’s rights of subrogation in respect of any
reimbursement shall be cancelled and the relevant Obligor will be liable to the
reimbursing Finance Party for the amount so reimbursed.

98

 

	33.5	 	Exceptions
	 
	(a)	 	This Clause 33 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not,
after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against
the relevant Obligor.
	 
	(b)	 	A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount
which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or
arbitration proceedings, if:

	 	(i)	 	it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings;
and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or
arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having
received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

99

 

SECTION 11

ADMINISTRATION

	34	 	PAYMENT MECHANICS
	 
	34.1	 	Payments to the Agent
	 
	(a)	 	On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance
Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary
indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such
funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in
the relevant currency in the place of payment.
	 
	(b)	 	Payment shall be made to the Agent’s bank account with HSBC Bank USA, NY (Swift MRMDUS33),
for the account of HSBC Bank plc, London (swift MIDLGB22), account number 000023868 quoting
“Reference Dept. 716/CTLA/Cascal”.
	 
	34.2	 	Distributions by the Agent
	 
	 	 	Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall,
subject to Clause 34.3 (Distributions to an Obligor) and Clause 34.4 (Clawback), be made
available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive
payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its
Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than
five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of
that currency (or, in relation to €, in the principal financial centre of a Participating
Member State or London).
	 
	34.3	 	Distributions to an Obligor
	 
	 	 	The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 35 (Set-off))
apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in
the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance
Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.
	 
	34.4	 	Clawback
	 
	(a)	 	Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the
Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any
related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has
actually received that sum.
	 
	(b)	 	If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that it had not
actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any
related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent
together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the
Agent, calculated by it to reflect its cost of funds.
	 
	34.5	 	Partial payments
	 
	(a)	 	If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due
and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that

100

 

	 	 	payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following
order:

	 	(i)	 	first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of
the Agent, the Security Agent, the Facility Agent, the Issuing Bank, or the Arranger
under the Finance Documents;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or
commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under
this Agreement and any amount due but unpaid under Clause 7.2 (Claims under a Bank
Guarantee) and Clause 7.3 (Indemnities); and
	 
	 	(iv)	 	fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under
the Finance Documents.

	(b)	 	The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Revolving Facility Lenders and the Majority
Guarantee Facility Lenders, vary the order set out in Clauses 34.5(a)(ii) to (iv).
	 
	(c)	 	Clause 34(a) and (b) will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.
	 
	34.6	 	No set-off by Obligors
	 
	 	 	All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be
made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.
	 
	34.7	 	Business Days
	 
	(a)	 	Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the
next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day
(if there is not).
	 
	(b)	 	During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or an Unpaid Sum under this
Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the
original due date.
	 
	34.8	 	Currency of account
	 
	(a)	 	Subject to Clauses 34.8(b) to (e), the US Dollar is the currency of account and payment for
any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.
	 
	(b)	 	A repayment of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum shall be
made in the currency in which that Utilisation or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.
	 
	(c)	 	Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which
the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.
	 
	(d)	 	Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which
the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.
	 
	(e)	 	Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than US Dollars shall be paid in that
other currency.

101

 

	34.9	 	Change of currency
	 
	(a)	 	Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the
same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that
country, then:

	 	(i)	 	any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under
the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or
paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after
consultation with the Borrower); and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the
official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that
currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting
reasonably).

	(b)	 	If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent
(acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be
amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant
Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.
	 
	34.10	 	Disruption to Payment Systems etc.
	 
	 	 	If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or
the Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

	 	(a)	 	Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the
Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or
administration of the Facilities as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any
changes mentioned in Clause 34.10(a) if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so
in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such
changes;
	 
	 	(c)	 	the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes
mentioned in Clause 33.10(a) but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it
is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;
	 
	 	(d)	 	any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrower shall (whether or
not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the
Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance
Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 39 (Amendments and Waivers);
	 
	 	(e)	 	the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever
(including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category
of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent)
arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in
connection with this Clause 34.10; and
	 
	 	(f)	 	the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to
Clause 34.10(d).

102

 

	35	 	SET-OFF
	 
	 	 	A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance
Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured
obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment,
booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different
currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in
its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.
	 
	36	 	NOTICES
	 
	36.1	 	Communications in writing
	 
	 	 	Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made
in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.
	 
	36.2	 	Addresses
	 
	 	 	The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the
communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or
delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

	 	(a)	 	in the case of the Borrower, that identified with its name below;
	 
	 	(b)	 	in the case of each Lender or any other Original Obligor, that notified in
writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	in the case of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Security Agent, that
identified with its name below,

	 	 	or any substitute address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to
the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent)
by not less than five Business Days’ notice.
	 
	36.3	 	Delivery
	 
	(a)	 	Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in
connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

	 	(i)	 	if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five
Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope
addressed to it at that address,

	 	 	and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details
provided under Clause 36.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.
	 
	(b)	 	Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent or the Security Agent will
be effective only when actually received by it and then only if it is expressly marked for the
attention of the department or officer identified with its signature below (or any substitute
department or officer as it shall specify for this purpose).
	 
	(c)	 	All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.
	 
	(d)	 	Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this
Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

103

 

	36.4	 	Notification of address and fax number
	 
	 	 	Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or
fax number pursuant to Clause 36.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or fax number,
the Agent shall notify the other Parties.
	 
	36.5	 	Electronic communication
	 
	(a)	 	Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender under or in connection with the
Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and
the relevant Lender:

	 	(i)	 	agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an
accepted form of communication;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other
information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means;
and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information
supplied by them.

	(b)	 	Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender will be effective only when
actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a
Lender to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for
this purpose.
	 
	36.6	 	English language
	 
	(a)	 	Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.
	 
	(b)	 	All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

	 	(i)	 	in English; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified
English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the
document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document or a Security
Document.

	37	 	CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES
	 
	37.1	 	Accounts
	 
	 	 	In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance
Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie
evidence of the matters to which they relate.
	 
	37.2	 	Certificates and determinations
	 
	 	 	Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance
Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which
it relates.

104

 

	37.3	 	Day count convention
	 
	 	 	Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to
day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360
days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in
accordance with that market practice.
	 
	38	 	PARTIAL INVALIDITY
	 
	 	 	If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or
unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality,
validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or
enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be
affected or impaired.
	 
	39	 	REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
	 
	 	 	No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any
right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single
or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the
exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement
are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
	 
	40	 	AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
	 
	40.1	 	Required consents
	 
	(a)	 	Subject to Clause 40.2 (Exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or
waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower and any such amendment
or waiver will be binding on all Parties.
	 
	(b)	 	The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by
this Clause 40.
	 
	(c)	 	Subject to Clause 40.2(e), each Obligor acknowledges that its consent is not required for any
amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 40 which is agreed to by the Borrower.
	 
	40.2	 	Exceptions
	 
	(a)	 	An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

	 	(i)	 	the definition of “Majority Lenders”, “Majority Guarantee Facility Lenders” or
“Majority Revolving Facility Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);
	 
	 	(ii)	 	an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of
principal, interest, fees or commission payable;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	an increase in or an extension of any Commitment;
	 
	 	(v)	 	a change to the Borrowers or Guarantors other than in accordance with Clause 27
(Changes to the Obligors);
	 
	 	(vi)	 	any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

105

 

	 	(vii)	 	Clause 2.2 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), Clause 9.4 (Mandatory
prepayment – Net Sale Proceeds) to Clause 9.11 (Application of Proceeds), Clause 26
(Changes to the Lenders), Clause 33 (Sharing among the Finance Parties) or this Clause
40; or
	 
	 	(viii)	 	the release of any Security created pursuant to any Security Document,

	 	 	shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.
	 
	(b)	 	An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Facility
Agent, the Security Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Arranger may not be effected without its
consent.
	 
	(c)	 	Except where the consent of all Lenders is required by any Finance Document, an amendment or
waiver which relates solely to the rights or obligations of the Revolving Facility Lenders
shall not be effective without the consent of the Majority Revolving Facility Lenders and
shall not require the consent of any Guarantee Facility Lenders.
	 
	(d)	 	Except where the consent of all Lenders is required by any Finance Document, an amendment or
waiver which relates solely to the rights or obligations of the Guarantee Facility Lenders
shall not be effective without the consent of the Majority Guarantee Facility Lenders and
shall not require the consent of any Revolving Facility Lender.
	 
	(e)	 	An amendment or waiver which relates to Clause 19 (Guarantee and indemnity) may not be
effected without the consent of the Guarantors.
	 
	41	 	COUNTERPARTS
	 
	 	 	Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same
effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance
Document.

106

 

SECTION 12

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

	42	 	GOVERNING LAW
	 
	 	 	This Agreement is governed by English law.
	 
	43	 	ENFORCEMENT
	 
	43.1	 	Jurisdiction
	 
	(a)	 	The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in
connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or
termination of this Agreement) (a “Dispute”).
	 
	(b)	 	The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts
to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.
	 
	(c)	 	This Clause 43.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance
Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts
with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent
proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.
	 
	43.2	 	Service of process
	 
	 	 	Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor
(other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

	 	(a)	 	irrevocably appoints CSL as its agent for service of process in relation to any
proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the
process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

107

 

SCHEDULE 1

THE ORIGINAL PARTIES

PART I

THE ORIGINAL OBLIGORS

	 	 	 	 	 
		 	 	 	Registration number
	Name of Borrower	 	Jurisdiction of incorporation	 	(or equivalent, if any)
	Cascal N.V.
	 	Netherlands	 	34112761

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Registration number
	Name of Original Guarantor	 	Jurisdiction of incorporation	 	(or equivalent, if any)
	BWS Finance Limited
	 	England and Wales	 	05471977
	 
	Cascal Investments Limited
	 	England and Wales	 	02215221
	 
	Cascal Services Limited
	 	England and Wales	 	03757398

108

 

PART II

The Original Lenders

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Revolving Facility	 	Guarantee Facility
	 	 	Commitment	 	Commitment
	Name of Original Lender	 	US$	 	US$
	HSBC Bank plc
	 	 	60,000,000	 	 	 	10,000,000	 

109

 

SCHEDULE 2

Conditions Precedent

PART I

Conditions Precedent to Signing

	1	 	Original Obligors
	 
	(a)	 	A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor (comprising for a Dutch Obligor its
deeds of incorporation and articles of association and a recent extract from the Dutch trade
register (handelsregister) relating to it).
	 
	(b)	 	A copy of a resolution of the board of directors or equivalent body of each Obligor which
shall be delivered within twenty-one (21) days of the date of this Agreement provided this is
no later than the date that the initial Utilisation Request is issued:

	 	(i)	 	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance
Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to
which it is a party;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to
which it is a party on its behalf;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or
despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to
be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to
which it is a party; and
	 
	 	(iv)	 	in relation to a Dutch Obligor, stating that entering into the Finance
Documents is (a) allowed by that Dutch Obligor’s articles of association and (b) serves
the (best) interest of that Dutch Obligor in the meaning of section 2:7 Dutch Civil
Code (or equivalent legislation in its Relevant Jurisdiction if applicable), in form
and substance acceptable to the Agent.

	(c)	 	A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in
paragraph (b).
	 
	(d)	 	A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Guarantor,
approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which
the Guarantor is a party.
	 
	(e)	 	A certificate of each Obligor (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or
guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Original Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing,
guaranteeing or similar limit binding on any Obligor to be exceeded.
	 
	(f)	 	A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor certifying that each copy
document relating to it specified in this Part I of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in
full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.
	 
	(g)	 	In respect of a Dutch Obligor, a copy of a resolution of its general meeting of shareholders
and board of supervisory directors (if any) approving its execution and the terms of, and the
transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents (and addressing, if applicable, a conflict
of interest and conditional approval for the transfer of voting rights on pledged shares) and
of a concurring unconditional advice of any works council or union which has
advisory rights in respect of the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

110

 

	2	 	Fees
	 
	(a)	 	Evidence that the Fee Letter has been duly executed by the parties to it and evidence that
fees in relation to legal fees and other fees payable to any of the Finance Parties shall be
paid on the Initial Utilisation Date.
	 
	(b)	 	Evidence that the relevant fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to
Clause 13 (Fees) on the date of signing have been paid or will be paid on or before the date
of this Agreement.
	 
	3	 	Group Structure
	 
	(a)	 	A copy of the Group Structure Chart initialled by the Borrower.
	 
	(b)	 	A certificate of the Original Parent (signed by a director) confirming that all the shares of
the Borrower (other than the one (1) share held by David Lawrence Magor in Biwater Overseas
Limited) are held directly or indirectly by Biwater plc and which certificate shall be
delivered within twenty-one (21) days of the date of this Agreement provided this is no later
than the date that the initial Utilisation Request is issued.

111

 

PART II

 Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation

Original Obligors

	1	 	A certificate of an authorised signatory of each Original Obligor certifying that:

	 	(a)	 	each copy document relating to it provided by it pursuant to Part I of Schedule
2 remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than
the date of initial Utilisation; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	in the case of the Borrower and Original Parent only and in a manner
satisfactory to the Arranger, there has been no material event which will affect the
completion of the IPO on or before the Final IPO Date.

	2	 	Security
	 
	(a)	 	A copy of each of the following Security Documents duly executed by the parties to it:

	 	(i)	 	The Borrower:

	 	(A)	 	An English law share charge relating to the entire issued share
capital of CSL granted by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent for and
on behalf of the Secured Parties.
	 
	 	(B)	 	An English law share charge relating to the entire issued share
capital of BWS Finance Limited granted by the Borrower in favour of the
Security Agent for and on behalf of the Secured Parties.
	 
	 	(C)	 	An English law accounts charge relating to the Prepayment
Account, Operating Account and Collection Account executed by inter alia the
Borrower in favour of the Agent for and on behalf of the Finance Parties and
Security Agent for and on behalf of the Secured Parties.

	 	(ii)	 	The Original Parent:

A Pledge (Dutch law) over the entire issued share capital of the Borrower, which
will be a second ranking pledge, and which will be entered into together with (inter
alia) a separate deed of priorities between Security Agent and security trustee
under the Biwater Facilities whereby it is agreed that any pledgee of a pledge over
the shares in the Borrower is entitled on a pari passu basis to enforce its rights
under its respective share pledge provided that any proceeds are distributed on a
pro rata basis according to the proportion at which the debt of which the lenders
under the Biwater Facilities and the Lenders under this Agreement bears to the
aggregate debt under the Biwater Facilities and this Agreement.

The Pledge shall remain in full force and effect until (a) the earlier of (i) the
Final IPO Date; or (ii) such other date on which the IPO occurs; and (b) such other
date as the Agent may agree.

	(b)	 	A copy of the shareholders’ register for each Dutch Obligor in relation to all shares in such
Dutch Obligor over which Security is expressed to be created.
	 
	(c)	 	All documentation, and/or evidence of all other steps, required to create, perfect and (where
necessary) register those Security Documents as advised to the Security Agent by its legal
advisers in each relevant jurisdiction.

112

 

	(d)	 	A copy of the constitutional documents of any member of the Group whose shares are subject to
Security under any Security Document in the form required by the Agent, together with any
resolutions of the shareholders of that member of the Group adopting such changes to the
constitutional documents of that member of the Group as the Agent requires to, among other
things, remove any restriction on any transfer of shares or voting rights attached to the
shares or partnership interests (or equivalent) in that member of the Group pursuant to any
enforcement of any such Security Document.

Intercreditor Arrangements

	3	 	All documentation in relation to the intercreditor arrangements in a form satisfactory to the
Agent duly executed by the parties to it including inter alia the Original Parent and the
Borrower who shall be party to this documentation for the purpose of acknowledging the
intercreditor arrangements.
	 
	4	 	Legal opinions
	 
	(a)	 	A legal opinion of Linklaters LLP, legal advisers to the Arranger, the Security Agent and the
Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to
signing this Agreement.
	 
	(b)	 	In the case of an Original Obligor incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and
Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arranger, the Security Agent and the Agent
in the relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders
prior to signing this Agreement.
	 
	(c)	 	In the case of an Original Obligor incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and
Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to that Obligor in the relevant jurisdiction,
substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.
	 
	5	 	Financial information
	 
	(a)	 	Certified copies of:

	 	(i)	 	the Original Financial Statements and for the Original Parent evidence that it
does not need to produce annual financial statements;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the Budget of the Borrower dated on or about the Utilisation Date.

	(b)	 	Copy of the Forecast Model and a Compliance Certificate.
	 
	6	 	Group Information
	 
	(a)	 	If relevant, a copy of the Business Plan
	 
	(b)	 	A confirmation that the Group Structure Chart has not been amended.
	 
	7	 	Letter of Confirmation
	 
	 	 	A letter from the chairman of the board of directors of the Original Parent date on or near
the Initial Utilisation Date confirming the Original Parent’s continued intention to
complete the IPO on or before the Final IPO Date.
	 
	8	 	Other documents and evidence
	 
	(a)	 	Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 13
(Fees) and Clause 18 (Costs and expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the Utilisation
Date.

113

 

	(b)	 	Evidence that the Fee Letter has been duly executed by the parties to it.
	 
	(c)	 	Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 43.2 (Service of process), if not an
Original Obligor, has accepted its appointment.
	 
	(d)	 	A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent
considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in
connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance
Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.
	 
	(e)	 	An undertaking executed by a director of Biwater Capital plc that it will not require CSL to
repay or settle the loan made by Biwater Capital plc or charge any interest on the loan until
all obligations under this Agreement have been discharged in full.
	 
	(f)	 	Any other documentation that the Agent may reasonably require on 3 days’ prior notification.

114

 

PART III

Conditions Precedent to Utilisation following the Amendment Date

	1	 	Original Obligors
	 
	(a)	 	A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor (comprising for a Dutch Obligor its
deeds of incorporation and articles of association and a recent extract from the Dutch trade
register (handelsregister) relating to it) or a certificate of an authorised signatory of each
Obligor certifying the constitutional documents most recently delivered to the Agent have not
been amended and remain in full force and effect as at a date no earlier the proposed
Utilisation Date.
	 
	(b)	 	A copy of a resolution of the board of directors or equivalent body of each Obligor:

	 	(i)	 	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance
Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to
which it is a party;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to
which it is a party on its behalf;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or
despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to
be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to
which it is a party; and
	 
	 	(iv)	 	in relation to a Dutch Obligor:

	 	(A)	 	stating that entering into the Finance Documents to which it is
a party is allowed by that Dutch Obligor’s articles of association, and serves
the best interest of that Dutch Obligor in the meaning of section 2:7 Dutch
Civil Code (or equivalent legislation in its Relevant Jurisdiction if
applicable), in form and substance acceptable to the Agent;
	 
	 	(B)	 	including a confirmation that it does not have a works council
(ondernemingsraad); and
	 
	 	(C)	 	confirming that there is no conflict of interest or, if there
is, that no general meeting of shareholders has appointed any other person to
act for that Dutch Obligor with regard to the transaction.

	(c)	 	A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in
paragraph (b).
	 
	(d)	 	A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Obligor (except
for the Borrower), approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance
Documents to which that Obligor is a party.
	 
	(e)	 	A certificate of each Obligor (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or
guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing,
guaranteeing or similar limit binding on any Obligor to be exceeded and, in the case of the
Borrower, attaching the most up-to-date Group Structure Chart.
	 
	(f)	 	A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor certifying that each copy
document relating to it specified in this Part III of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in
full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

115

 

	(g)	 	In relation to a Dutch Obligor, a copy of a resolution of its board of supervisory directors
(if any) approving its execution and the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the
Finance Documents (and addressing, if applicable, a conflict of interest and conditional
approval for the transfer of voting rights on pledged shares) and of a concurring
unconditional advice of any works council or union which has advisory rights in respect of the
transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
	 
	2	 	Security
	 
	(a)	 	A copy of each of the following Security Documents duly executed by the parties to it:

	 	(i)	 	The Borrower:

	 	(A)	 	An English law share charge relating to the entire issued share
capital of CSL granted by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent for and
on behalf of the Secured Parties.
	 
	 	(B)	 	An English law share charge relating to the entire issued share
capital of BWS Finance Limited granted by the Borrower in favour of the
Security Agent for and on behalf of the Secured Parties.
	 
	 	(C)	 	An English law accounts charge relating to the Prepayment
Account executed by the Borrower in favour of the Agent for and on behalf of
the Finance Parties and Security Agent for and on behalf of the Finance
Parties.
	 
	 	(D)	 	An English law accounts charge relating to the Operating
Account executed by the Borrower in favour of the Agent for and on behalf of
the Finance Parties and Security Agent for and on behalf of the Finance
Parties.
	 
	 	(E)	 	An English law accounts charge relating to the Collection
Account executed by the Borrower in favour of the Agent for and on behalf of
the Finance Parties and Security Agent for and on behalf of the Finance
Parties.

	 	(ii)	 	CSL:
	 
	 	 	 	An English law all assets fixed and floating security deed executed by CSL in favour
of the Security Agent for and on behalf of the Finance Parties.
	 
	 	(iii)	 	CIL:
	 
	 	 	 	An English law accounts charge relating to CIL’s current account and US Dollar call
deposit account granted by CIL in favour of the Agent for and on behalf of the
Finance Parties and the Security Agent for and on behalf of the Finance Parties.

	(b)	 	All documentation, and/or evidence of all other steps, required to create, perfect and (where
necessary) register those Security Documents as advised to the Security Agent by its legal
advisers in each relevant jurisdiction.
	 
	3	 	Legal opinions
	 
	(a)	 	A legal opinion of Linklaters LLP, legal advisers to the Arranger, the Security Agent and the
Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to
signing this Agreement.
	 
	(b)	 	In the case of an Original Obligor incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and
Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arranger, the Security Agent and the

116

 

	 	 	Agent in the relevant jurisdiction,
substantially in the form distributed to the
Original Lenders prior to signing this
Agreement.
	 
	4	 	Financial information
	 
	 	 	Certified copies of the most up-to-date audited financial statements of each Obligor or a
certificate of each Obligor (signed by a director) confirming that the audited financial
statements most recently delivered to the Agent are the most up-to-date audited financial
statements of that Obligor;
	 
	5	 	Group and Acquisition Information
	 
	(a)	 	A copy of the business projections and/or any report prepared for the board in relation to
the Proposed Acquisition.
	 
	(b)	 	A confirmation from the Borrower (signed by a Director) that all legal, tax, technical,
financial, environmental, insurance and any other relevant due diligence has been completed in
relation to any Proposed Acquisition (to the extent applicable).
	 
	(c)	 	A confirmation that the Group Structure Chart has not been amended.
	 
	6	 	Other documents and evidence
	 
	(a)	 	Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 13
(Fees) and Clause 18 (Costs and expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the Utilisation
Date.
	 
	(b)	 	Evidence that the Fee Letter has been duly executed by the parties to it.
	 
	(c)	 	Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 43.2 (Service of process), if not an
Original Obligor, has accepted its appointment.
	 
	(e)	 	A letter agreement relating to ancillary business from the Borrower to the Arranger in a form
acceptable to the Arranger.
	 
	(f)	 	A side letter from a director of CIL to the Agent and the Security Agent confirming that CIL
will work in good faith with the minority shareholder of CWC to make and file appropriate
amendments to CWC’s articles of association to allow CIL to grant an English law shares charge
to the Security Agent over the issued shares it holds in CWC in a form acceptable to the Agent
and the Security Agent within six months of the date of such side letter.
	 
	(g)	 	A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent
considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in
connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance
Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.
	 
	(h)	 	Any other documentation that the Agent may reasonably require on 3 days’ prior notification.

117

 

PART IV

Conditions Precedent required to be

delivered by an Additional Guarantor

	1	 	An Accession Letter, duly executed by the Additional Guarantor and the Borrower.
	 
	2	 	A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Guarantor (comprising for a Dutch
Obligor its deeds of incorporation and articles of association and a recent extract from the
Dutch trade register (handelsregister) relating to it).
	 
	3	 	A copy of a resolution of the board of directors or equivalent body of the Additional
Guarantor:

	 	(a)	 	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession
Letter and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute the Accession Letter and
each Finance Document;
	 
	 	(b)	 	authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Letter and
each Finance Document on its behalf;
	 
	 	(c)	 	authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or
despatch all other documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or
in connection with the Finance Documents; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	in relation to a Dutch Obligor, stating that entering into the Finance
Documents is (a) allowed by that Dutch Obligor’s articles of association and (b) serves
the best interest of that Dutch Obligor in the meaning of section 2:7 Dutch Civil Code
(or equivalent legislation in its Relevant Jurisdiction if applicable), in form and
substance acceptable to the Agent.

	4	 	A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in
paragraph 3 above.
	 
	5	 	In the case of an Additional Guarantor incorporated in England and Wales, or if so required
by the Agent, a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares of the
Additional Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the
Finance Documents to which the Additional Guarantor is a party.
	 
	6	 	A certificate of the Additional Guarantor (signed by a director) confirming that guaranteeing
the Total Commitments would not cause any guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be
exceeded.
	 
	7	 	A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Guarantor certifying that each
copy document listed in this Part III of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and
effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Letter.
	 
	8	 	In respect of a Dutch Obligor, a copy of a resolution of its (a) general meeting of
shareholders and (b) board of supervisory directors (if any), approving its execution and the
terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents (and addressing, if
applicable, a conflict of interest and conditional approval for the transfer of voting rights
on pledged shares) and of concurring unconditional advice of any works council or union which
has advisory rights in respect of the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

118

 

	9	 	A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent
considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of
the transactions contemplated by the Accession Letter or for the validity and enforceability
of any Finance Document.
	 
	10	 	If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Guarantor.
	 
	11	 	If the Additional Guarantor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a
legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arranger, the Security Agent and the Agent in the
jurisdiction in which the Additional Guarantor is incorporated.
	 
	12	 	If the Additional Guarantor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a
legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Additional Guarantor in the jurisdiction in which
the Additional Guarantor is incorporated.
	 
	13	 	A copy of each Security Document creating such Security as the Agent requires, duly executed
by the Additional Guarantor and the Security Agent (or, if appropriate, the Finance Parties).
	 
	14	 	All documentation, and/or evidence of all other steps, required to perfect those Security
Documents as advised to the Security Agent by its legal advisers in each relevant
jurisdiction.
	 
	15	 	A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Guarantor, if its shares are subject
to Security under any Security Document, in the form required by the Agent, together with any
resolutions of the shareholders of the Additional Guarantor adopting such changes to the
constitutional documents of the Additional Guarantor as the Agent requires to, among other
things, remove any restriction on any transfer of shares on voting rights attached to the
shares or partnership interests (or equivalent) in the Additional Guarantor pursuant to any
enforcement of any such Security Document.
	 
	16	 	If the Additional Guarantor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales,
evidence of compliance with any similar or equivalent procedure for permitting financial
assistance.
	 
	17	 	If the proposed Additional Guarantor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and
Wales, evidence that the process agent specified in Clause 43.2 (Service of process), if not a
Guarantor, has accepted its appointment in relation to the proposed Additional Guarantor.
	 
	18	 	Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that each Lender has carried out and is satisfied it has
complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks in respect of the
Additional Guarantor under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions
contemplated in the Finance Documents.

119

 

SCHEDULE 3

Requests

PART I

 Utilisation Request

 Revolving Facility Loans

	 	 	 
	From:

	 	Cascal N.V.
	 
	 	 
	To:

	 	HSBC Bank plc

Dated:

Dear Sirs

Cascal N.V. – US$70,000,000 Facility Agreement originally dated 25 June 2007, as

amended and restated on 2 November 2007 and as further amended on 19 November

2007 and as further amended and restated on 12 June 2008 (the “Agreement”)

	1	 	We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have
the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this
Utilisation Request.
	 
	2	 	We wish to borrow a Revolving Facility Loan on the following terms:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Proposed Utilisation Date:
	 	[            ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Facility to be utilised:
	 	Revolving Facility
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Currency of Revolving Facility Loan:
	 	US Dollars
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Amount:
	 	[            ] or, if less, the Available Facility
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Interest Period:
	 	[            ]

	3	 	We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.4 (Further conditions precedent) is
satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.
	 
	4	 	The proceeds of this Revolving Facility Loan should be credited to [account].
	 
	5	 	This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

Yours faithfully

                  
                 
                         

authorised signatory for

Cascal N.V.

120

 

PART II

Utilisation Request

Bank Guarantee

	 	 	 
	From:

	 	Cascal N.V.
	 
	 	 
	To:

	 	HSBC Bank plc

Dated:

Dear Sirs

Cascal N.V. – US$70,000,000 Facility Agreement originally dated 25 June 2007, as

amended and restated on 2 November 2007 and as further amended on 19 November

2007 and as further amended and restated on 12 June 2008 (the “Agreement”)

	1	 	We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have
the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this
Utilisation Request.
	 
	2	 	We wish to arrange for a Bank Guarantee to be issued by the Issuing Bank on the following
terms:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Proposed Utilisation Date:
	 	[                ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the
next Business Day)
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Facility to be utilised:
	 	Guarantee Facility
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Currency of Bank Guarantee:
	 	US Dollars
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Amount:
	 	[           ] or, if less, the Available Facility
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Beneficiary:
	 	[       ]
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Term or Expiry Date:
	 	[                ]
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Issuing Bank:
	 	HSBC Bank plc

	3	 	We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 6.6 (Issue of Bank Guarantee) is satisfied
on the date of this Utilisation Request.
	 
	4	 	We attach a copy of the proposed Bank Guarantee.
	 
	5	 	This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

Delivery Instructions:

[Specify delivery instructions]

Yours faithfully

                        
                                    

authorised signatory for

Cascal N.V.

121

 

SCHEDULE 4

Mandatory Cost Formulae

	1	 	The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of
compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services
Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions)
or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.
	 
	2	 	On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall
calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “Additional Cost Rate”) for each Lender, in
accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the
Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to
the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Revolving Facility Loan or Bank
Guarantee) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.
	 
	3	 	The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating
Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will
be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of
the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Revolving Facility
Loans made or any Bank Guarantee from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum
reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility
Office.
	 
	4	 	The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom
will be calculated by the Agent as follows:

	 	(a)	 	in relation to a sterling Revolving Facility Loan or any Bank Guarantee:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	AB + C (B - D) + E x 0.01
 

100 - (A + C)
	 	per cent. per annum 

	 	(b)	 	in relation to a Revolving Facility Loan or any Bank Guarantee in any currency
other than sterling:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	E x 0.01
 

300
	 	per cent. per annum. 

	 	Where:	 	 
	 
	 	(E)	 	is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of
any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an
interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio
requirements.
	 
	 	(F)	 	is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Margin and the Mandatory Cost
and, if the Revolving Facility Loan or any Bank Guarantee is an Unpaid Sum, the
additional rate of interest specified in Clause 10.3(a)) payable for the relevant
Interest Period on the Revolving Facility Loan or any Bank Guarantee.
	 
	 	(G)	 	is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is
required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the
Bank of England.

122

 

	 	(H)	 	is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Agent on
interest bearing Special Deposits.
	 
	 	(I)	 	is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and
is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge
supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and
expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

	5	 	For the purposes of this Schedule:

	 	(a)	 	“Eligible Liabilities” and “Special Deposits” have the meanings given to them
from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be
appropriate) by the Bank of England;
	 
	 	(b)	 	“Fees Rules” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision
Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect
of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;
	 
	 	(c)	 	“Fee Tariffs” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the
activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee
required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount
rate); and
	 
	 	(d)	 	“Tariff Base” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in
accordance with, the Fees Rules.

	6	 	In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as
percentages (i.e. 5 per cent. will be included in the formula as 5 and not as 0.05). A
negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures
shall be rounded to four decimal places.
	 
	7	 	If requested by the Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after
publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent the rate of charge
payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules
in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for
this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that
Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff
Base of that Reference Bank.
	 
	8	 	Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating
its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the
following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

	 	(a)	 	the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it
pursuant to this paragraph.

	9	 	The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of
each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the
information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that,
unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to
cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of

123

 

	 	 	a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same
jurisdiction as its Facility Office.
	 
	10	 	The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an
Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to
assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3,
7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.
	 
	11	 	The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost
to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the
information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8
above.
	 
	12	 	Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the
Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the
absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.
	 
	13	 	The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders,
determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this
Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time
to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European
Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions)
and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding
on all Parties.

124

 

SCHEDULE 5

Form Of Transfer Certificate

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	To:
	 	HSBC Bank plc as Agent
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	From:
	 	[The Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [The New Lender] (the “New Lender”)
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Dated:	 	 

Cascal N.V. – US$70,000,000 Facility Agreement originally dated 25 June 2007, as

amended and restated on 2 November 2007 and as further amended on 19 November

2007 and as further amended and restated on 12 June 2008 (the “Agreement”)

	1	 	We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement
have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this
Transfer Certificate.
	 
	2	 	We refer to Clause 26.5 (Procedure for transfer):

	 	(a)	 	The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender
transferring to the New Lender by novation all or part of the Existing Lender’s
Commitment, rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with
Clause 25.5 (Procedure for transfer).
	 
	 	(b)	 	The proposed Transfer Date is [           ].
	 
	 	(c)	 	The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices
of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 36.2 (Addresses) are set out in the
Schedule.
	 
	 	(d)	 	The New Lender agrees to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as a Lender.

	3	 	The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations
set out in Clause 26.4(c).
	 
	4	 	The New Lender hereby represents and warrants that it is a professional market party
(professionele marketpartij) as set out in the Dutch Financial Supervision Act (Wet op het
financieel toezicht). [This representation shall only be given if the amount transferred is
less than €50,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currency)]
	 
	5	 	The New Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that
Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

	 	(a)	 	a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	a partnership each member of which is:

	 	(i)	 	a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries
on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which
brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (for the purposes of
section 11(2) of the Taxes Act) the whole of any share of interest payable in
respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of sections 114 and 115
of the Taxes Act; or

125

 

	 	(c)	 	a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the
United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest
payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (for the
purposes of section 11(2) of the Taxes Act) of that company.
	 
	 	[4/5]. This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has
the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this
Transfer Certificate.
	 
	 	[5/6]. This Transfer Certificate is governed by English law.

THE SCHEDULE

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

[insert relevant details]

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments.]

				
	 	     	 	 
	 	[Existing Lender]
	 	[New Lender]
	 	 	 	 
	 	By:
	 	By:

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as

[           ].

HSBC Bank plc

By:

126

 

SCHEDULE 6

Form of Accession Letter

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	To:
	 	HSBC Bank plc as Agent
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	From:
	 	[Subsidiary] and Cascal N.V.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Dated:	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Dear Sirs	 

Cascal N.V. – US$70,000,000 Facility Agreement originally dated 25 June 2007, as

amended and restated on 2 November 2007 and as further amended on 19 November

2007 and as further amended and restated on 12 June 2008 (the “Agreement”)

	1	 	We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accession Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have
the same meaning in this Accession Letter unless given a different meaning in this Accession
Letter.
	 
	2	 	[Subsidiary] agrees to become an Additional Guarantor and to be bound by the terms of the
Agreement as an Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 27.2 (Additional Guarantors) of the
Agreement.
	 
	3	 	[Subsidiary] is a company duly incorporated under the law of [name of relevant jurisdiction].

[The guarantee of [Subsidiary] [giving a guarantee other than in respect of its Subsidiary]
is subject to the following limitations:

	 	(a)	 	if [Subsidiary] is incorporated in [            ] [and is giving a
guarantee other than in respect of its Subsidiary], those limitations set out in
paragraph (a) [([                    ])] of Clause 19.10 (Limitations) of the
Agreement, in relation to [Subsidiary];
	 
	 	(b)	 	if:

	 	(i)	 	[Subsidiary] is incorporated in any other jurisdiction [and is
giving a guarantee other than in respect of its Subsidiary]; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	[Subsidiary] is incorporated in [            ] [or [           
]] [and is giving a guarantee other than in respect of its
Subsidiary] and limitations other than those set out in paragraph (a) [or [               
]] of Clause 19.10 (Limitations) of the Agreement are agreed in
respect of [Subsidiary],

[insert guarantee limitation wording for relevant jurisdiction].]

	4	 	The Borrower confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of
[Subsidiary] becoming an Additional Guarantor under the Finance Documents nor any other
existing financing arrangements.
	 
	5	 	[Subsidiary’s] administrative details are as follows:
	 
	 	 	Address:
	 
	 	 	Fax No:
	 
	 	 	Attention:
	 
	6	 	This Accession Letter is governed by English law.

127

 

This Guarantor Accession Letter has been delivered on the date stated at the beginning of
this Guarantor Accession Letter.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

for and on behalf of

	 	 
	 	 

for and on behalf of
	 	 
	Cascal N.V.

	 	 	 	[Subsidiary]	 	 

128

 

SCHEDULE 7

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	To:
	 	HSBC Bank plc as Agent
	 
	 	 	From: Cascal N.V.
	 
	 	 	Dated:
	 
	 	 	Dear Sirs

Cascal N.V. – US$70,000,000 Facility Agreement originally dated 25 June 2007, as 

amended and
restated on 2 November 2007 and as further amended on 19 November 

2007 and as further amended and
restated on 12 June 2008 (the “Agreement”)

	1	 	We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement
have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different
meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

	2	 	We confirm that:

	 	(a)	 	the ratio of EBITDA to Net Interest Expense for the Relevant Period ended on
[•] (the “Calculation Date”) was [•] to 1;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the ratio of Net Borrowings to EBITDA for that Relevant Period was [•] to 1 on
the Calculation Date;
	 
	 	(c)	 	the ratio of Net Senior Borrowings to RAV for the Accounting Period ending on
the Calculation Date was [•] to 1;
	 
	 	(d)	 	the ratio of Cash Flow to Debt Service for that Relevant Period was [•] to 1;
and
	 
	 	(e)	 	the ratio of total Debt Service to EBITDA of the English Companies for the
Relevant Period ending on the Calculation Date was [•] to 1.

	3	 	We attach the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a)[(i)] of Clause 21.1
(Financial statements) or quarterly accounts delivered pursuant to Clause 21.2 (Quarterly
financial statements) of the Agreement.

	4	 	We hereby confirm that no Default is continuing.1

	5	 	We hereby confirm that all financial covenants under all Existing Indebtedness have been
satisfied for the period [•].

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Signed:
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	CFO
	 	 	 	Director
	 

	 	of
	 	 	 	of
	 

	 	Cascal N.V.
	 	 	 	Cascal N.V.

 

			
	1	 	If this statement cannot be made, the certificate
should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being
taken to remedy it.

129

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	[insert applicable certification language]
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	for and on behalf of
	 	 	[name of auditors of the Borrower]

130

 

SCHEDULE 8

Timetables

PART I

Revolving Facility Loans

“D —” refers to the number of Business Days before the relevant Utilisation Date/the first
day of the relevant Interest Period.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Revolving Facility Loans
	 	 	in US Dollars
	Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request))
	 	 	D — 4	 
	 
	 	11:00 a.m. (London time)
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Agent determines (in relation to a Utilisation) the amount of the Revolving Facility Loan, if
required under Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) and notifies the Lenders of the
Revolving Facility Loan in accordance with Clause
5.4 (Lenders’ participation) 
	 	 	D — 3

11:00 a.m.	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	LIBOR is fixed
	 	Quotation Day as of
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	11:00 a.m.	 

131

 

PART II

Bank Guarantee

“D —” refers to the number of Business Days before the relevant Utilisation Date.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	US Dollars
	Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 6.3 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request
for Bank Guarantee))
	 	 	D — 4	 
	
	 	11:00 a.m. (London time)
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Agent determines (in relation to a Utilisation) the amount of the Bank Guarantee, if required
under Clause 6.6 (Issue of Bank Guarantee) and
notifies the Issuing Bank and the Lenders of the Bank Guarantee in accordance with Clause 6.6
(Issue of Bank Guarantee)
	 	 	D — 3

11:00 a.m.	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Delivery of a duly completed Renewal Request (Clause 6.7 (Renewal of a Bank Guarantee)).
	 	 	D — 90	 
	 
	 	 	10:00 a.m.	 

132

 

SCHEDULE 9

FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE

[Deliberately left blank]

133

 

SCHEDULE 10

SECURITY AGENCY PROVISIONS

	1	 	Definitions
	 
	 	 	In this Schedule:
	 
	 	 	“Security Property” means all right, title and interest in, to and under any Security
Document, including:

	 	(i)	 	the assets over which Security is expressed to be created pursuant to any
Security Document (the “Charged Assets”);
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the benefit of the undertakings in any Security Document; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	all sums received or recovered by the Security Agent pursuant to any Security
Document and any assets representing the same.

	2	 	Declaration of trust
	 
	(a)	 	The Security Agent and each other Finance Party agree that the Security Agent shall hold the
Security Property in trust for the benefit of the Finance Parties on the terms of the
Agreement.
	 
	(b)	 	Subject to paragraph (c), paragraph (a) shall not apply to any Security Document which is
expressed to be or is construed to be governed by any law other than English law or any other
law from time to time designated by the Security Agent and an Obligor or any Security Property
arising under any such Security Document.
	 
	(c)	 	Paragraph (b) shall not affect or limit Clause 29.18(d) (Parallel Debt) nor the applicability
of the provisions of this Schedule with respect to any Security Document which is expressed to
be or is construed to be governed by any law other than English law or any other law from time
to time designated by the Security Agent and an Obligor or any Security Property arising under
any such Security Document.
	 
	3	 	Defects in Security
	 
	 	 	The Security Agent shall not be liable for any failure or omission to perfect, or defect in
perfecting, the Security created pursuant to any Security Document, including:

	 	(a)	 	failure to obtain any Authorisation for the execution, validity, enforceability
or admissibility in evidence of any Security Document; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	failure to effect or procure registration of or otherwise protect or perfect
any of the Security created by the Security Documents under any laws in any territory.

	4	 	No enquiry
	 
	 	 	The Security Agent may accept without enquiry, requisition, objection or investigation such
title as any Obligor may have to any Charged Assets.
	 
	5	 	Retention of documents
	 
	 	 	The Security Agent may hold title deeds and other documents relating to any of the Charged
Assets in such manner as it sees fit (including allowing any Obligor to retain them).

134

 

	6	 	Indemnity out of Security Property
	 
	 	 	The Security Agent and every receiver, delegate, attorney, agent or other similar person
appointed under any Security Document may indemnify itself out of the Security Property
against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it in that capacity (otherwise than by
reason of its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct).
	 
	7	 	Basis of distribution
	 
	 	 	To enable it to make any distribution, the Security Agent may fix a date as at which the
amount of the Debt is to be calculated and may require, and rely on, a certificate from any
Party giving details of:

	 	(a)	 	any sums due or owing to any Party as at that date; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	such other matters as it thinks fit.

	8	 	Rights of Security Agent
	 
	 	 	The Security Agent shall have all the rights, privileges and immunities which gratuitous
trustees have or may have in England, even though it is entitled to remuneration.
	 
	9	 	No duty to collect payments
	 
	 	 	The Security Agent shall not have any duty:

	 	(a)	 	to ensure that any payment or other financial benefit in respect of any of the
Charged Assets or any Debt is duly and punctually paid, received or collected; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	to ensure the taking up of any (or any offer of any) stocks, shares, rights,
moneys or other property accruing or offered at any time by way of interest, dividend,
redemption, bonus, rights, preference, option, warrant or otherwise in respect of any
of the Charged Assets or any Debt.

	10	 	Perpetuity period
	 
	 	 	The perpetuity period for the trusts created by this Agreement shall be 80 years from this
date of this Agreement.
	 
	11	 	Appropriation
	 
	(a)	 	Each Party irrevocably waives any right to appropriate any payment to, or other sum received,
recovered or held by, the Security Agent in or towards payment of any particular part of the
Debt and agrees that the Security Agent shall have the exclusive right to do so.
	 
	(b)	 	Paragraph (a) will override any application made or purported to be made by any other person.
	 
	12	 	Investments
	 
	 	 	All money received or held by the Security Agent pursuant to this trusts in this Agreement
may, in the name of, or under the control of, the Security Agent:

	 	(a)	 	be invested in any investment it may select; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	be deposited at such bank or institution (including itself, any other Finance
Party or any Affiliate of any Finance Party) as it thinks fit.

135

 

	13	 	Suspense account
	 
	 	 	Subject to paragraph 14 (Timing of distributions), the Security Agent may:

	 	(a)	 	hold in an interest bearing suspense account any moneys received by it from any
Party; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	invest an amount equal to the balance from time to time standing to the credit
of that suspense account in any of the investments authorised by paragraph 12
(Investments).

	14	 	Timing of distributions
	 
	 	 	Distributions by the Security Agent shall be made as and when determined by it.

	 
	15 	 	Delegation
	 
	(a)	 	The Security Agent may:

	 	(i)	 	employ and pay an agent selected by it to transact or conduct any business and
to do all acts required to be done by it (including the receipt and payment of money);
	 
	 	(ii)	 	delegate to any person on any terms (including power to sub-delegate) all or
any of its functions; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	with the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, appoint, on such terms as it
may determine, or remove, any person to act either as separate or joint security
trustee or security agent with those rights and obligations vested in the Security
Agent by this Agreement or any Security Document.

	(b)	 	The Security Agent will not be:

	 	(i)	 	responsible to anyone for any misconduct or omission by any agent, delegate or
security trustee or security agent appointed by it pursuant to paragraph (a); or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any such agent, delegate or
security trustee or security agent,
	 
	 	 	 	provided that it exercises reasonable care in selecting that agent, delegate or
security trustee or security agent.

	16	 	Unwinding
	 
	 	 	Any appropriation or distribution which later transpires to have been or is agreed by the
Security Agent to have been invalid or which has to be refunded shall be refunded and shall
be deemed never to have been made.
	 
	17	 	Party
	 
	 	 	The Security Agent shall be entitled to assume that a Party is acting in a particular
capacity stated in this Agreement or an Accession Deed unless notified to the contrary.
	 
	18	 	Disapplication
	 
	 	 	Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties and powers of the Security
Agent in relation to the trusts constituted by any Finance Document save to the extent
required by law. Where there are inconsistencies between the Trustee Act 1925 and the
Trustee Act 2000 and the express provisions of any such Finance Document, the provisions of
such Finance Document shall, to the extent allowed by law, prevail and, in the

136

 

	 	 	case of any such inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the provisions of such Finance
Document shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of that Act.

137

 

SCHEDULE 11

EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Total	 	Currency	 	USD	 	 	 	 
	Company	 	Commencement	 	Lender/Security	 	 	Year of	 	 	 	Facility	 	Balance	 	Balance	 	 	 	 
	with liability	 	Date	 	Holder	 	 	Expiry	 	Currency	 	(000s)	 	(000s)*	 	(000s)*	 	Security	 	Comments
	Third Party Facilities
Loans and Guarantees
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	BOURNEMOUTH & WEST
HANTS. WATER PLC

	 	21/06/2006	 	 	RBS
	 	 	2009	 	 	GBP
	 	£	10,000	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Subordinated facility -
secured (BSTID)
	 	Acquisition
Facility used to
secure Pension
deficit
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Guarantee Balance

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	£	8,600	 	 	$	17,097	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	BOURNEMOUTH & WEST
HANTS. WATER PLC

	 	20/04/2005	 	 	RBS (‘Artesian’)
	 	 	2033	 	 	GBP
	 	£	65,000

(+indexation)
	 	 	£	71,600	 	 	$	142,346	 	 	Secured facility (BSTID)
	 	General funding for
BWH regulated
business and used
to refinance Pref
Shares Index linked
with indexation
added to
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	BOURNEMOUTH & WEST
HANTS. WATER PLC

	 	Revolving
	 	 	Lloyds Bank
	 	 	N/A	 	 	GBP
	 	£	5,000	 	 	£	nil
	 	 	$	nil
	 	 	Unsecured
	 	Overdraft facility;
rolled over
annually on 31
January
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	BOURNEMOUTH & WEST
HANTS. WATER PLC

	 	N/A	 	 	Perpetual Debentures
	 	 	N/A	 	 	GBP
	 	£	163	 	 	£	163	 	 	$	324	 	 	Unsecured	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	BOURNEMOUTH & WEST
HANTS. WATER PLC

	 	2007	 	 	Pre Heat Vendors
	 	 	2009	 	 	GBP
	 	£	700	 	 	£	700	 	 	$	1,392	 	 	Unsecured
	 	Part of financing
of Pre Heat
Acquisition
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	CASCAL N.V.
Guarantee (for
benefit of):

	 	 	 	 	 	Lloyds
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	NOTE: TO BE

REPLACED BY

UTILISATION OF

138

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Total	 	Currency	 	USD	 	 	 	 
	Company	 	Commencement	 	Lender/Security	 	Year of	 	 	 	Facility	 	Balance	 	Balance	 	 	 	 
	with liability	 	Date	 	Holder	 	Expiry	 	Currency	 	(000s)	 	(000s)*	 	(000s)*	 	Security	 	Comments
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	THE FACILITY
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	DBSA/Nelspruit

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	RAND
	 	 	ZAR
	10,819	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	)Cash collateralised
	 	Main Performance
	Council

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	)$161K
	 	Guarantee
	Nelspruit Council

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	RAND
	 	 	ZAR
	721	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	)

)
	 	Customer Deposit

Guarantee
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	CASCAL N.V.
Guarantee (for
benefit of):

	 	 	 	 	 	Barclays
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	NOTE: TO BE

REPLACED BY

UTILISATION OF 

THE FACILITY
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	     Banco Edwards 
 

     Nelspruit Council

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

RAND
	 	 	ZAR
	6,298	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	)Cash collateralised

)$1,038K

)

)
	 	Secures Cascal S.A.
Loan 

O&M Performance
Guarantee
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	CASCAL BV and
Cascal Investments
Limited Guarantee
(for benefit of):

	 	2006	 	 	 	I.F.C.
	 	 	 	 	 	USD	 	 	$	16,000	 	 	 	 	 	$	8,640	 	 	Guarantee is unsecured	 	Guarantee is currently
	     Aquas de Panama

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	provided by Biwater Plc but is counter
indemnified by Cascal BV pending
transfer of IFC
guarantee to Cascal
BV
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Finance Leases
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	BOURNEMOUTH & WEST

	 	1995	 	 	 	W&G Leasing
	 	 	2015	 	 	GBP
	 	 	£	5,382	 		£  4,915	 	 	$	9,771	 	 	 	 	Approx half paid
	HANTS

	 	1988	 	 	 	Lloyds Finance
	 	 	2008	 	 	GBP
	 	 	£	150	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	off within 5 years

139

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Total	 	Currency	 	USD	 	 	 	 
	Company	 	Commencement	 	Lender/Security	 	Year of	 	 	 	Facility	 	Balance	 	Balance	 	 	 	 
	with liability	 	Date	 	Holder	 	Expiry	 	Currency	 	(000s)	 	(000s)*	 	(000s)*	 	Security	 	Comments
	WATER PLC

	 	1987	 	 	 	Lloyds Finance
	 	2007	 	 	 	GBP
	 	£	24	 	 	£

£	101

nil
	 	 	£

£	201

nil
	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Intercompany Loans
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	CASCAL INVESTMENTS 

LTD

	 	 	 	 	 	Cascal N.V.
	 	 	 	 	 	GBP
	 	 	 	 	 	$	33,391	 	 	$	33,391	 	 	Unsecured
	 	Used to finance
acquisition of
China Water Company
and Yancheng, less
repayments from
Panama dividend
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	CASCAL S.A.

	 	2000	 	 	 	Cascal N.V.
	 	N/A	 	 	 	USD
	 	 	N/A	 	 	$	22,422	 	 	$	22,422	 	 	Unsecured
	 	General facility
for funding Chilean
businesses
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Bayesa S.A

	 	 	 	 	 	Cascal N.V.
	 	 	 	 	 	USD
	 	 	 	 	 	$	526	 	 	$	526	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Cascal Operations

(Proprietary) 

Limited

	 	 	 	 	 	Cascal N.V.
	 	 	 	 	 	USD
	 	 	 	 	 	$	1,451	 	 	$	1,451	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Greater Nelspruit
Utility Co.

	 	 	 	 	 	Cascal N.V.
	 	 	 	 	 	USD
	 	 	 	 	 	$	1,070	 	 	$	1,070	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Cascal N.V.

	 	 	 	 	 	BWSF
	 	 	 	 	 	USD
	 	 	 	 	 	$	6,251	 	 	$	6,251	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	BOURNEMOUTH & WEST
HANTS. WATER

	 	2007	 	 	 	PRE HEAT LIMITED
	 	N/A	 	 	 	GBP
	 	 	N/A	 	 	$	1,000	 	 	$	1,000	 	 	 	 	General funding for
BWHW Plc

140

 

SCHEDULE 12

Existing Security

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Maximum Principal	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Loan Amount Secured	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(whether or not	 	Actual Outstanding
	 	 	Name of entity	 	 	 	Year of	 	utilised)	 	Balance
	Date	 	creating security	 	Security Holder	 	Expiry	 	(in equivalent to USD)	 	(in equivalent to USD)
	15/11/2000	 	Cascal SA	 	Banco Edwards (bank
guarantee provided 

by Cascal BV)
	 	 	2008	 	 	1 million	 	0.6 	 million
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	14/03/2007	 	Cascal N.V.	 	Barclays Bank plc
(cash collateral
provided for
guarantee facility
used by Cascal BV)
	 	 	2008	 	 	2 million	 	1.038	 million
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	01/02/2007	 	Cascal N.V.	 	Lloyds Bank Plc
(cash collateral
provided for
guarantee facility
used by Cascal BV)
	 	 	2008	 	 	>1 million  	 	$	161,000
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	05/11/2002	 	Cascal N.V.	 	Investec Bank (bank
guarantee provided
by Fortis Bank
using Biwater plc
facility with
counter indemnity
from Cascal BV to
Biwater Plc)
	 	 	2018	 	 	3 million	 	3 	 million
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	11/04/2003	 	CIL	 	I.F.C. (share
pledge of Aguas de
Panama shares)
	 	 	2012	 	 	16 million	 	8.64 	 million
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Total	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	13.44 	 million

141

 

CASCAL FACILITY AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE 1

The Borrower

CASCAL N.V.

	 	 	 
	Address:

	 	6.1.24, Strawinskylaan 3105
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	1077 ZX
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Amsterdam, The Netherlands
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	+31 2044 22384
	 
	 	 
	
Attention:

	 	
Chief Commercial Officer
	 
	 	 
	By:
	 	 

The Guarantors

CASCAL SERVICES LIMITED

	 	 	 
	Address:

	 	Biwater House
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Station Approach
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Dorking, Surrey RH4 1TZ
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	+44 (0)1306 746031
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Company Secretary
	 
	 	 
	By:
	 	 

BWS FINANCE LIMITED

	 	 	 
	Address:

	 	Biwater House
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Station Approach
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Dorking, Surrey RH4 1TZ
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	+44 (0)1306 746031
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Company Secretary
	 
	 	 
	By:
	 	 

 

 

CASCAL FACILITY AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE 2

CASCAL INVESTMENTS LIMITED

	 	 	 
	Address:

	 	Biwater House
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Station Approach
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Dorking, Surrey RH4 1TZ
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	+44 (0)1306 746031
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Company Secretary
	 
	 	 
	By:
	 	 

 

 

CASCAL FACILITY AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE 3

The Arranger

HSBC BANK PLC

	 	 	 
	Address:

	 	HBEU Thames Valley Corporate Banking
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Centre Apex Plaza
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Reading
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	RG1 1AX
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	+44 (0)8455 879371
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Sue Barnes, Corporate Banking Manager
	 
	 	 
	By:
	 	 

The Original Lender

HSBC BANK PLC

	 	 	 
	Address:

	 	HBEU Thames Valley Corporate Banking
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Centre Apex Plaza
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Reading
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	RG1 1AX
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	+44 (0) 8455 879371
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Sue Barnes, Corporate Banking Manager
	 
	 	 
	By:
	 	 

The Agent

HSBC BANK PLC

	 	 	 
	Address:

	 	24th Floor
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	8 Canada Square
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	London E14 5HQ
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	020 7992 4680
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Process Manager, Loans Administration
	 
	 	 
	By:
	 	 

 

 

CASCAL FACILITY AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE 4

The Security Agent

HSBC BANK PLC

	 	 	 
	Address:

	 	24th Floor
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	8 Canada Square
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	London E14 5HQ
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	020 7992 4680
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Process Manager, Loans Administration
	 
	 	 
	By:
	 	 

The Issuing Bank

HSBC BANK PLC

	 	 	 
	Address:

	 	24th Floor
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	8 Canada Square
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	London E14 5HQ
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	020 7992 4680
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Process Manager, Loans Administration
	 
	 	 
	By:
	 	 

 

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE 1

	 	 	 
	The Borrower
	 
	 	 
	CASCAL N.V.
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	6.1.24, Strawinskylaan 3105
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	1077 ZX
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Amsterdam, The Netherlands
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	+31 2044 22384
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Chief Commercial Officer
	 
	 	 
	By:

	 	/s/ Stephane Richer
	 
	 	 
	The Obligor
	 
	 	 
	CASCAL SERVICES LIMITED
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	Biwater House
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Station Approach
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Dorking, Surrey RH4 1TZ
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	+44 (0)1306 746031
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Company Secretary
	 
	 	 
	By:

	 	/s/ Stephane Richer
	 
	 	 
	The Original Guarantors
	 
	 	 
	BWS FINANCE LIMITED
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	Biwater House
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Station Approach
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Dorking, Surrey RH4 1TZ
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	+44 (0)1306 746031
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Company Secretary
	 
	 	 
	By:

	 	/s/ Stephane Richer

 

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE 2

	 	 	 
	CASCAL INVESTMENTS LIMITED
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	Biwater House
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Station Approach
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Dorking, Surrey RH4 1TZ
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	+44 (0)1306 746031
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Company Secretary
	 
	 	 
	By:

	 	/s/ Stephane Richer
	 
	 	 
	Former Guarantor
	 
	 	 
	BIWATER INVESTMENTS LIMITED
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	Biwater House
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Station Approach
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Dorking, Surrey RH4 1TZ
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	+44 (0)1306 746031
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Managing Director
	 
	 	 
	By:

	 	/s/ Philip Michael Wainwright

 

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE 3

	 	 	 
	The Arranger
	 
	 	 
	HSBC BANK PLC
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	HBEU Thames Valley Corporate Banking
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Centre Apex Plaza
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Reading
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Station Approach
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	+44 (0)8455 879371
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Sue Barnes, Corporate Banking Manager
	 
	 	 
	By:

	 	/s/ Sue Barnes
	 
	 	 
	Original Lender
	 
	 	 
	HSBC BANK PLC
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	HBEU Thames Valley Corporate Banking
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Centre Apex Plaza
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Reading
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Station Approach
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	+44 (0)8455 879371
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Sue Barnes, Corporate Banking Manager
	 
	 	 
	By:

	 	/s/ Sue Barnes

 

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE 4

	 	 	 
	The Agent
	 
	 	 
	HSBC BANK PLC
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	24th Floor
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	8 Canada Square
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	London E14 5HQ
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	+44 (0)20 7992 4680
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Process Manager, Loans Administration
	 
	 	 
	By:

	 	/s/ Sue Barnes
	 
	 	 
	The Security Agent
	 
	 	 
	HSBC BANK PLC
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	24th Floor
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	8 Canada Square
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	London E14 5HQ
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	+44 (0)20 7992 4680
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Process Manager, Loans Administration
	 
	 	 
	By:

	 	/s/ Sue Barnes
	 
	 	 
	The Issuing Bank
	 
	 	 
	HSBC BANK PLC
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	24th Floor
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	8 Canada Square
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	London E14 5HQ
	 
	 	 
	Fax No:

	 	+44 (0)20 7992 4680
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Process Manager, Loans Administration
	 
	 	 
	By:

	 	/s/ Sue BarnesEX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

CORNING NATURAL GAS CORPORATION

Bid Document For

Construction
Services

For

Natural Gas Main and Service Installation

In

The Corning, New York Area

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

Table of Contents

Cover Letter

Bid Acknowledgement Sheet

Instructions to Bidders

SECTION I     Contract Agreement

SECTION II     Schedules and Appendices

SCHEDULE
“A”       Scope of Work, Specification(s) and Drawing(s)

SCHEDULE “B”       Remuneration

SCHEDULE “C”       Construction Schedule

SCHEDULE “D”       Contractor Personnel

SCHEDULE “E”       Contractor Equipment

SCHEDULE “F”       Contractor’s Subcontractors and Vendors

SCHEDULE “G”       Certificate of Final Payment and Release

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

Bid Acknowledgement

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	To:	 	CORNING NATURAL GAS CORPORATION	 	 
	 

	 	PO Box 58	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Corning, NY	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	14830-2152	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Attention:
	 	Jen Beers, Operations Clerk	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Fax: (607) 936-4014	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Number of Pages to Follow:                     	 	 

Please Fax this sheet within 3 days after receipt of Bid Request

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Receipt of your Bid Invitation No.
	 	closing
	 	at 2:00 pm is hereby

acknowledged.

	o	 	We intend to submit our proposal on or before                     , 2008.
	 
	o	 	We do not intend to bid because:

 

 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Signed

	 	 	 	 	 	Title
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Company

	 	 	 	 	 	Date	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

Additional Comments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

Bid Form for Construction Services For

Pipeline Construction in the Corning, New York Area

			
	 	 	 
	Bid Number:
	 	Date:                     , 2008

CORNING NATURAL GAS CORPORATION (the “Company”)

PO Box 58

Corning, NY

14830-2152

Attention: Ray Spear, System Planning Supervisor

Dear Sir:

The undersigned (the “Contractor”), a corporation organized under the laws of the state of
                                        
, and authorized to carry on business in the State of New York, and whose office
is located in
                                        
                    , certify that we have read, examined and
understood, all the Contract Documents concerning the Work described therein. We have also made an
inspection of the Worksite and are thoroughly familiar with the conditions that exist on the
Worksite. We hereby offer to enter into a contract to perform, in accordance with these
Contract Documents, all Work necessary for the prices shown in the Schedules attached hereto and
forming a part hereof:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Section II
	 	–
	 	Schedules
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Schedule “A” – Scope of Work, Specification and Drawing
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Schedule “B” — Remuneration
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Schedule “C” – Construction Schedule
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Schedule “D” – Contractor Personnel
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Schedule “E” – Contractor Equipment
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Schedule “F” – Contractor’s Subcontractors and Vendors
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Schedule “G” – Certificate of Final Payment and Release

It is understood that the Company shall not be obliged to accept the lowest Bid, or any Bid, and
shall have the right to reject any and all Bids, in whole or part, and may award a contract to
other than the lowest Bidder. Company shall not be deemed to have accepted any Bid unless and until
it has duly executed a contract that is substantially in the same form as the attached form of
agreement with the Bidder, and has delivered the executed Contract Agreement or a copy thereof to
the Bidder.

Furthermore, Company reserves the right to waive non-compliance with the Terms, Conditions, Scope,
and/or specifications of this inquiry, at the Companies sole discretion, and it is understood that
all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in Section I, Contract
Agreement.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Respectfully submitted:

	 	 	 	Per:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Per:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Contractor’s Name
	 	 	 	Per:	 	 
	Seal Affixed

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

Instructions to Bidders

	1.	 	Receiving Of Tenders
	 
	 	 	Bids shall be received in the offices of Corning Natural Gas Corporation, 330 W William
Street, PO Box 58 Corning, NY, 14830-2152 not later than 2:00 p.m., on the Wednesday, May
21, 2008 to the attention of Ms. Jen Beers, Operations Clerk.

No faxed or emailed bids allowed.
	 
	 	 	In the context of these documents, “Bidder” means a firm that is in the business of
providing Work of the type described in these Bid documents and that is registered in the
State where the Work is to be performed.
	 
	2.	 	Requirement Description
	 
	 	 	The requirement is for the Construction of Pipeline and as specified in Section lll attached
hereto. This contract is intended to cover work up to an unspecified dollar value. Contracts
could be awarded to one or more Contractor(s) for Pipeline work and/or facilities work for
each of the following projects in the Corning Natural Gas locations:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Project 1

	 	Skyline Drive, Corning, NY
	 	Contract #080014
	Project 2

	 	Victory Highway, Painted Post, NY
	 	Contract #080016
	Project 3

	 	Corning Boulevard, Corning, NY
	 	Contract #080018
	Project 4

	 	Denmark Hill, Corning, NY
	 	Contract #080019
	Project 5

	 	Trescott Drive, Corning, NY
	 	Contract #080020
	Project 6

	 	West Caton Road, Corning, NY
	 	Contract #080025

	 	 	Contractor is urged to bid on any or all projects listed above.
	 
	 	 	The Company reserves the right to bid any and all work in the Corning region at its
discretion.

	3.	 	Type of Contract
	 
	 	 	The Work shall be awarded on a lump sum not to exceed basis for each project. Bids must be
submitted complete with the following information:

Schedule “A” – Scope of Work, Specification and Drawing

Schedule “B”  —  Remuneration

Schedule “C” – Construction Schedule

Schedule “D” – Contractor Personnel

Schedule “E” – Contractor Equipment

Schedule “F” – Contractor’s Subcontractors and Vendors

Schedule “G” – Certificate of Final Payment and Release

	4.	 	Project Award Incentive
	 
	 	 	If one contractor is awarded three of the above projects then Corning will be granted a 3%
discount off the total of the three projects. If one contractor is awarded six of the above
projects then Corning will be granted a 6% discount off the total of the six projects.
	 
	5.	 	Price and Payment Considerations

	 	(a)	 	Bidder must state payment terms.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Bidder must complete all schedules.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Bidder must state the expiry date of its proposal.

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	6.	 	Site Investigation
	 
	 	 	Bidder must be familiar with regional conditions where the proposed Work/Services are to be
provided, judging for and satisfying himself as to the conditions to be encountered. Bidder
may not claim after the submission of a bid that there was any misunderstanding with respect
to the conditions imposed by the site(s).
	 
	7.	 	Form of Submission
	 
	 	 	One (1) completed copy of your sealed bid proposal are herby requested and should be sent to
the address indicated in item 1.
	 
	 	 	Bidders are requested to return via FAX the enclosed Bid acknowledgement sheet indicating
whether or not a Bid will be submitted.
	 
	8.	 	Insurance
	 
	 	 	The successful Bidder shall provide insurance as called for and shall submit certified
evidence of this to Company immediately upon award of this Agreement. See Contract
Agreement Section I of these documents for Company’s insurance requirements.
	 
	9.	 	Signing of Bid
	 
	 	 	The Bid Form must be executed under the corporate seal of the Bidder, and signed by an
authorized officer or director of the Bidder.
	 
	10.	 	Withdrawal of Bid
	 
	 	 	A Bidder may, without prejudice to himself, withdraw this bid at any time prior to two (2)
hours before the time set for the closing of Bids.
	 
	11.	 	Bid Rejection
	 
	 	 	The Company reserves the right to reject any or all Bids; the lowest or any Bid will not
necessarily be accepted. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Bid may be
rejected which is incomplete, obscure, irregular, which has erasures or corrections in the
Bid, or in which prices are omitted or are unbalanced.
	 
	 	 	Furthermore, Company reserves the right to waive non-compliance with the Terms, Conditions,
Scope, and/or specifications of this inquiry, at the Company’s sole discretion
	 
	12.	 	Acceptance of Contractor’s Bid
	 
	 	 	All Bids submitted shall constitute continuing offers to perform the Work outlined herein
and shall be considered to remain in effect for a period of not less than sixty (60) days
after the closing date.
	 
	13.	 	Subcontractors, Vendors and Key Personnel
	 
	 	 	Bidders shall submit the names of all Subcontractors, Vendors and Key Personnel it proposes
to employ in the Work. Subcontractors, Vendors and Key Personnel may not be changed nor
additional Subcontractors, Vendors or Key Personnel employed without the written consent of
the Company.
	 
	14.	 	Materials
	 
	 	 	All materials such as pipe, valves, fittings, risers, supports, tape and wire for the
project will be supplied by the Company. For any other material, the Contractor shall
supply and shall submit the names of the material suppliers it intends to use, together with
the trade or brand name of the materials supplied. Material suppliers must not be changed
nor additional material suppliers utilized without the written approval of the Company.

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	15.	 	Taxes
	 
	 	 	Except for any applicable state or local taxes, the Bidder shall be responsible for, and
pay, any taxes and contributions now or hereafter imposed by any government, including
payments required under Worker’s Compensation laws prevailing in the area of operations.
	 
	 	 	The Bidder’s price(s) specified in the Bid shall not include state or local taxes. Any tax
credits obtained by the Bidder, on taxes included in the tendered price, shall be credited
to the Company. The bidder shall supply its Tax registration number with the Bid.
	 
	16.	 	Scheduling
	 
	 	 	It is intended that the Company shall award the Contract(s) by May 28, 2008 with Work
commencing anytime after June 1, 2008. The required completion date for all projects is
November 3, 2008. Bidder should quote pricing valid for one (1) year.
	 
	 	 	The contractor shall pay to the Company $500 per business day for every day past the
November 3, 2008 completion deadline.
	 
	17.	 	Compliance with Regulations
	 
	 	 	The Bidder shall be solely responsible for taking into consideration the effect of the
progress and cost of Work to be performed and of all regulations by governing bodies having
jurisdiction over matters including, but not limited to, hours of work, qualification of
personnel, prevailing wage scales, local labor conditions, licenses, permits and use of
public conveniences.
	 
	18.	 	Discrepancies or Omissions
	 
	 	 	If a bidder finds discrepancies in or omissions from the included Schedules herein or other
contract documents, or has any doubt as to the meaning or intent of any part thereof, he
shall at once inform the Company, who may send written instruction or clarification to all
Bidders.
	 
	 	 	No oral interpretation shall be made to any Bidder as to the meaning of the Contract
Documents. Every request for an interpretation shall be made in writing, addressed and
forwarded to:
	 
	 	 	CORNING NATURAL GAS CORPORATION

PO Box 58

Corning, NY

14830-2152

Attention: Ray Spear, System Planning Supervisor

Ph: 607-936-3755 ext 202

Fax:607-936-9673
	 
	19.	 	Bid Evaluation and Clarification
	 
	 	 	It is a condition of the Company that during the evaluation period of the submitted Bids the
Company has the right to contact Bidders for clarifications of the submitted Bid. In the
event that a clarification results in a change in the quoted Sum, Company reserves the right
to contact each Bidder to obtain the same clarification which may or may not change the
Bidder being the lowest Bidder. It shall be at the Companies sole discretion to change the
rating of the Bidders.
	 
	 	 	The Company, also, reserves the right to waive compliance of this bid request at the
discretion of the Company.
	 
	20.	 	Contract
	 
	 	 	Notwithstanding anything herein, the Bidder selected by Company to perform the Work required
including the procurement of materials as provided in these documents agrees that it will
enter into a Contract Agreement substantially in the same form as the form attached hereto
as Section I prior to commencing Work or any compensation being due and/or payable.
	 
	21.	 	Traffic Requirement
	 
	 	 	Where it is applicable the Contractor must be aware of and comply with any and all Traffic
and transportation regulations and rules.

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	22.	 	Contract
	 
	 	 	The Company reserves the right to award to more than one bidder. Notwithstanding anything
herein, the Bidder or Bidders selected by Company to perform the Services required herein
and possible procurement of materials as provided herein in this document hereto agrees that
it will enter into a contract agreement substantially in the form attached prior to
commencing Services or any compensation being due and/or payable.
	 
	23.	 	Code Rule 753
	 
	 	 	Any violations and penalties issued to the Company as a result of damage by the Contractor
to properly marked underground facilities, per Code Rule 753, will be the responsibility of
the Contractor.

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

SECTION I

Contract Agreement

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
	 	 	4	 
	1.1 Definition of Terms
	 	 	4	 
	1.2 Interpretation
	 	 	6	 
	1.3 Priority of Documents
	 	 	7	 
	1.4 Schedules
	 	 	7	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 2 – SCOPE AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK
	 	 	7	 
	2.1 Scope of Work
	 	 	7	 
	2.2 Discrepancies
	 	 	8	 
	2.3 Changes and Extra Work
	 	 	8	 
	2.4 Payment for Changes and Extra Work
	 	 	8	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 3 – TERM AND TERMINATION
	 	 	9	 
	3.1 Term of Agreement
	 	 	9	 
	3.2 Suspension of Work by Company
	 	 	9	 
	3.3 Termination for Cause by Either Party
	 	 	10	 
	3.4 Termination for Cause by Company
	 	 	10	 
	3.5 Consequences of Termination
	 	 	11	 
	3.6 Termination at Will by Company
	 	 	12	 
	3.7 Requirement to Complete
	 	 	12	 
	3.8 Company’s Right to Terminate
	 	 	12	 
	3.9 Termination of Abreement by Contractor
	 	 	12	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 4 – CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
	 	 	13	 
	4.1 Construction Schedule
	 	 	13	 
	4.2 Extension of Completion Date
	 	 	13	 
	4.3 Insufficient Rate of Progress
	 	 	13	 
	4.4 Failure to Complete on Time
	 	 	13	 
	4.5 No Bonus
	 	 	14	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 5 – PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
	 	 	14	 
	5.1 Contractor Representations
	 	 	14	 
	5.2 Independent Contractor
	 	 	14	 
	5.3 Compliance
	 	 	14	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 6 – REPRESENTATIVES
	 	 	15	 
	6.1 Company Representatives
	 	 	15	 
	6.2 Contractor Representative
	 	 	15	 
	6.3 Possession of Agreement
	 	 	16	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 7 – WORKSITE
	 	 	16	 
	7.1 Lands Provided by Company
	 	 	16	 
	7.2 Private Land
	 	 	16	 
	7.3 Site and Conduct of Work Thereon
	 	 	16	 
	7.4 Copy of Agreement
	 	 	16	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 8 – RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR
	 	 	16	 
	8.1 Contractor Personnel
	 	 	16	 
	8.2 Contractor Equipment
	 	 	17	 
	8.3 Superintendence by Contractor
	 	 	18	 
	8.4 Permits and Licenses
	 	 	18	 
	8.5 Safety
	 	 	18	 
	8.6 Contractor’s Financial Responsibilities and Liens
	 	 	18	 
	8.7 Performance Bond
	 	 	19	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 9 – MATERIALS
	 	 	19	 
	9.1 Materials Supplied by Contractor
	 	 	19	 
	9.2 Materials Supplied by Company
	 	 	20	 
	9.3 Storage of Materials by Contractor
	 	 	20	 
	9.4 Wastage
	 	 	20	 

Section  I - Page 1

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 10 – INSPECTION
	 	 	20	 
	10.1 Inspection
	 	 	20	 
	10.2 No Deemed Acceptance
	 	 	21	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 11 – DEFICIENCIES
	 	 	21	 
	11.1 Rejected Work and Materials
	 	 	21	 
	11.2 Company’s Right to Correct Deficiencies
	 	 	21	 
	11.3 Non-Waiver of Defaults
	 	 	21	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 12 – OWNERSHIP OF WORK
	 	 	22	 
	12.1 Title to Materials
	 	 	22	 
	12.2 Title to Work
	 	 	22	 
	12.3 Use of Completed Portions
	 	 	22	 
	123.4 Damage to Work
	 	 	22	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 13 – RIGHTS OF COMPANY
	 	 	22	 
	13.1 Separate Contracts
	 	 	22	 
	13.2 Review of purchase Orders
	 	 	23	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 14 – COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE
	 	 	23	 
	14.1 Completion of Work
	 	 	23	 
	14.2 Final Inspection by Company
	 	 	23	 
	14.3 Partial Acceptance of Work
	 	 	23	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 15 – GUARANTEE OF WORK
	 	 	24	 
	15.1 Guarantee Period
	 	 	24	 
	15.2 Correction of Deficiencies Pursuant to Guarantee
	 	 	24	 
	15.3 Failure to Correct
	 	 	24	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 16 – FINANCIAL MATTERS
	 	 	24	 
	16.1 Compensation
	 	 	24	 
	16.2 Invoices
	 	 	25	 
	16.3 Progress Payments
	 	 	25	 
	16.4 Withholdings
	 	 	25	 
	16.5 Final Progress Payment
	 	 	26	 
	16.6 Release of Amounts Withheld
	 	 	26	 
	16.7 Partial Release of Amounts Withheld
	 	 	26	 
	16.8 Removal of Liens
	 	 	27	 
	16.9 Set-Off
	 	 	27	 
	16.10 Taxes
	 	 	27	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 17 – AUDIT
	 	 	28	 
	17.1 Audit Right
	 	 	28	 
	17.2 Maintenance of Records
	 	 	28	 
	17.3 Audit
	 	 	28	 
	17.4 Access to Facilities and Records
	 	 	28	 
	17.5 Audit Adjustments
	 	 	28	 
	17.6 Cost of Audit
	 	 	28	 
	17.7 Subcontractors
	 	 	29	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 18 – ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING
	 	 	29	 
	18.1 Assignment by Company
	 	 	29	 
	18.2 Assignment by Contractor
	 	 	29	 
	18.3 Subcontractors
	 	 	29	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 19 – LIABILITIES AND INDEMNITIES
	 	 	30	 
	19.1 Acts of Contractor and Contractor Personnel
	 	 	30	 
	19.2 Specific Claims
	 	 	30	 
	19.3 Compliance and Regulations
	 	 	30	 
	19.4 Patents and Intellectual Property Indemnity
	 	 	30	 
	19.5 Company Right to Defend
	 	 	30	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 20 – INSURANCE
	 	 	31	 
	20.1 Insurance Required of Contractor
	 	 	31	 
	20.2 No Limit of Liability
	 	 	31	 
	20.3 Notice to Company
	 	 	31	 
	20.4 Company Group as Additional Insureds
	 	 	32	 
	20.5 Subcontractors’ Insurance
	 	 	32	 

Section I - Page 2

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	 	 	 	 	 
	20.6 Deductibles
	 	 	32	 
	20.7 Certificates of Insurance
	 	 	32	 
	20.8 Right of Company to Insure
	 	 	32	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 21 – FORCE MAJEURE
	 	 	32	 
	21.1 Definition
	 	 	32	 
	21.2 No Liability
	 	 	33	 
	21.3 Notice
	 	 	33	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 22 – GENERAL
	 	 	33	 
	22.1 Entire Agreement
	 	 	33	 
	22.2 No Waiver
	 	 	33	 
	22.3 Notices
	 	 	33	 
	22.4 Confidential Information
	 	 	34	 
	22.5 Public Announcements
	 	 	34	 
	22.6 Anti-Corruption
	 	 	34	 
	22.7 Severability of Provisions
	 	 	35	 
	22.8 Drafting
	 	 	35	 
	22.9 Time of Essence
	 	 	35	 
	22.10 Governing Law
	 	 	35	 
	22.11 Survival
	 	 	36	 
	22.12 Counterpart and Facsimile Execution
	 	 	36	 

Section I - Page 3

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

CONTRACT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT made as of the AWARD DATE,

BETWEEN:

CORNING NATURAL GAS CORPORATION, a body corporate,
 registered and
carrying on business in accordance with the laws of New York

(hereinafter called the “Company”)

OF THE FIRST PART

- and -

CONTRACTOR’S NAME, a body corporate, incorporated under the laws 
of
CONTRACTOR’S STATE INCPORPORATION, having an office in 
CONTRACTOR’S
LOCATION, (hereinafter called the “Contractor”)

OF THE SECOND PART

WITNESSETH:

The Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

	1.1	 	Definition of Terms
	 
	 	 	In this Agreement, the meaning of the following words and phrases shall be as follows:

	 	a)	 	“Addenda” means any instructions in writing issued by Company relating
to the Work and intended to amend or add to this Agreement.
	 
	 	b)	 	“Affiliate” means a company or person which controls or is controlled
by a Party, or which controls or is controlled by a company or person which
controls such Party, where control means the power to direct or cause the direction
of the management and policies of the other person, whether directly or indirectly,
through one or more intermediaries or otherwise, and whether by virtue of the
ownership of shares or other equity interests, the holding of voting rights or
contractual rights, or otherwise.
	 
	 	c)	 	“Agreement” means the body of this Agreement, all schedules to this
Agreement, all renewals of and Addenda to this Agreement, and every CWO.
	 
	 	d)	 	“Builders’ Lien Act” means the Builders’ Lien Act or other similar
legislation that is enacted and in force in the state where the Worksite is
located.
	 
	 	e)	 	“Change” means any change, variation, supplement or revision to the
Work or the Extra Work, other than a Minor Change.
	 
	 	f)	 	“Claim” means any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
royalties, penalties, claims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, costs, expenses
and disbursements, whether founded or unfounded, and includes court costs, legal
fees (on a solicitor and own client basis) and expenses and costs of investigation.
	 
	 	g)	 	“Company Group” means Company, its Affiliates, and all Company
Personnel.

Section I - Page 4

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	 	h)	 	“Company Material and Equipment” means materials and process equipment
purchased and supplied by Company and delivered to Contractor for incorporation
into the Work in accordance with Schedule “G” of this Agreement or pursuant to a
CWO.
	 
	 	i)	 	“Company Personnel” means the directors, officers, employees,
contractors (excluding Contractor), agents, servants and Invitees of Company, and
each Affiliate of Company.
	 
	 	j)	 	“Company Representative” has the meaning set forth in Article 6.1.
	 
	 	k)	 	“Construction Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Article 4.1.
	 
	 	l)	 	“Contract Price” means the total sum payable by Company to Contractor
for the completion of the Work in strict accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement.
	 
	 	m)	 	“Contractor Equipment” means any equipment furnished by Contractor from
time to time which is required to complete the Work but which does not become a
part of the completed Work.
	 
	 	n)	 	“Contractor Group” means Contractor, its Affiliates, and all Contractor
Personnel.
	 
	 	o)	 	 “Contractor Personnel” means the directors, officers, employees,
Subcontractors, agents, servants and Invitees of Contractor, and of each Affiliate
and Subcontractor of, and each joint venture with, Contractor.
	 
	 	p)	 	“Contractor Representative” has the meaning set forth in Article 6.2.
	 
	 	q)	 	“CWO” means any Change Work Order in a form prepared by Company,
completed by Contractor, and executed by both Parties which specifies a Change, or
which initiates any Extra Work.
	 
	 	r)	 	“Equipment” means machinery, equipment, facilities, drilling tools,
tools, supplies, special tools, apparatus, utilities, instruments, transportation,
spare parts and other items of whatever nature used directly or indirectly for
Work, irrespective of ownership.
	 
	 	s)	 	“Extra Work” means the performance of any work or compliance with any
other requirements, other than a Change, which is not contemplated in the Work as
described in this Agreement.
	 
	 	t)	 	“Inspector” means a person authorized in writing by Company to inspect
the Work or any part of it.
	 
	 	u)	 	“Invitee” means any person not a Party to this Agreement whose presence
is at the invitation of a Party to this Agreement as a guest and not under
employment, retainer, contract or subcontract.
	 
	 	v)	 	“Minor Change” means an alteration to a portion of Work which is
consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the anticipated development and
refinement of specifications and drawings, and which does not unreasonably alter
portions of Work already completed or affect the schedule for, or cost of,
completing the remaining portions of Work.
	 
	 	w)	 	“Parties” means the parties to this Agreement, and “Party” means any
one of them.
	 
	 	x)	 	“Progress Payment” means the amount payable by Company to Contractor
based on completion of a portion of the Work as specified in Schedule “H”.
	 
	 	y)	 	“Rates” means the charges, rates, lump sum payments and reimbursable
costs to be paid to Contractor by Company from time to time for Extra Work or
Changes, as set out in Schedule “B”, and as may be varied from time to time upon
request by Contractor and pursuant to a CWO.

Section I - Page 5

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	 	z)	 	“Regulations” means all statutes, laws, regulations, rules, orders,
directives and statutory instruments in effect from time to time and made by
governments or governmental boards or agencies having jurisdiction over the subject
matter of this Agreement or any CWO.
	 
	 	aa)	 	“Subcontract” means any contract between Contractor and any other
person for the performance of Work or any part thereof, including any joint venture
and partnership agreements relating thereto.
	 
	 	bb)	 	“Subcontractor” means any person, firm or corporation having a contract
with Contractor for the execution of a part or parts of the Work included in this
Agreement, including any person, firm or corporation furnishing material called for
in this Agreement and manufactured to a special design according to the
specifications and drawings and including any partners and associates of Contractor
in any joint venture, partnership or like agreement, but not including any person,
firm or corporation that merely furnishes material not so manufactured.
	 
	 	cc)	 	“Subcontractors” means subcontractors, sub-suppliers and sub-vendors of
a person, in any tier.
	 
	 	dd)	 	“Work” means the construction, delivery and installation of a booster
compressor by Contractor in strict accordance with this Agreement and each CWO, and
includes the entirety of the materials, consumables, equipment, personnel,
services, operations and obligations of Contractor required to perform such Work.
	 
	 	ee)	 	“Worksite” means the location or locations designated by Company where
Work is to be performed.

     1.2 Interpretation

          In this Agreement and each CWO, unless specifically stated otherwise:

	 	a)	 	“herein”, “hereby”, “hereunder”, “hereof” and similar expressions are
references to this Agreement and not to any particular Article, Exhibit or
Schedule;
	 
	 	b)	 	“Article”, “Section”, “subsection”, “Clause”, “clause”, “Schedule”,
“schedule”, “Exhibit” and “exhibit” are references to an Article, Section,
Schedule or Exhibit to this Agreement;
	 
	 	c)	 	“Person”, “person” or “persons” shall include individuals,
corporations, partnerships, associations, bodies politic and other entities;
	 
	 	d)	 	“including” means “including without limitation”;
	 
	 	e)	 	“$”, “dollars” or other sums of money means United States currency,
unless specifically stated otherwise;
	 
	 	f)	 	words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa,
and words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter
genders;
	 
	 	g)	 	headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the
construction or interpretation of this Agreement or any CWO;
	 
	 	h)	 	where a word or phrase is defined, its derivatives or other grammatical
forms have a corresponding meaning;
	 
	 	i)	 	where a word or phrase appears in quotations or parenthesis or both,
that word or phrase is deemed to be a defined word or phrase and gets its meaning
from the words or phrases that immediately precede or follow that word or phrase;
	 
	 	j)	 	references to any Regulation include all of amendments and
re-enactments of such Regulation; and

Section I - Page 6

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	1.3	 	Priority of Documents

	 	a)	 	In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between the body of this
Agreement and any Schedule, the body of this Agreement shall prevail. In the event
of a conflict between any of the Schedules, precedence shall be determined by the
order in which the Schedules are listed in Article 1.4, in descending order.
	 
	 	b)	 	In the event of a conflict between the body of this Agreement and a
term contained in a CWO, the terms of this Agreement shall govern. In the event of
a conflict between an Addenda or CWO and a Schedule hereto, the Addenda or CWO
shall govern. Where a conflict or conflicts exist between any Addenda or CWOs, the
Addendum or CWO subsequent in time shall govern.
	 
	 	c)	 	The fact that any of Schedule to this Agreement or any CWO specifies
Work or acts to be done in more particularity or shall require more Work or acts to
be done in connection with any particular operation than is required by another of
the Schedules or CWOs, or shall broaden the obligations of either of the Parties
over the obligations expressed in another of the Schedules or CWOs, is not and
shall not be considered a conflict. It is the intention of the Parties that the
body of this Agreement, the Schedules and any CWOs and their provisions shall be
cumulative.

	1.4	 	Schedules
	 
	 	 	The following schedules are attached to, form part of, and are incorporated into this Agreement:

Schedule “A”  —  Scope of Work, Specification and Drawings

Schedule “B”  —  Remuneration

Schedule “C”  —  Construction Schedule

Schedule “D”  —  Contractor Personnel

Schedule “E”  —  Contractor Equipment

Schedule “F”  —  Contractor’s Subcontractors and Vendors

Schedule “G”  —  Certificate of Final Payment and Release

ARTICLE 2

SCOPE AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK

	2.1	 	Scope of Work
	 
	 	 	Contractor shall provide all Contractor Personnel, Contractor Equipment, materials,
supplies, and supervision required for the proper execution of the Work in accordance with
this Agreement. Contractor shall perform all Work shown on the drawings and described in the
specifications and all other things necessary to complete the Work. One complete set of all
specifications and drawings shall be maintained by Contractor at the Worksite and shall be
available to Company at all times.
	 
	2.2	 	Discrepancies
	 
	 	 	Company shall have the right to determine the meaning and intention of any portion of
Schedule “A”. Where the same may be thought to be obscure or in dispute, Company shall have
the right to correct any errors or omissions therein when corrections are necessary to the
proper fulfilment of the intent of the scope of Work, specifications or drawings. Company’s
decision thereon shall be final and conclusive. Any discrepancies found between the
specifications and
drawings and any errors or omissions in such specifications or drawings, in each case as set
out in Schedule “A” hereto, shall immediately be reported to Company, and Company shall
promptly correct such discrepancies, errors or omissions in writing.

Section I - Page 7

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	2.3	 	Changes and Extra Work

	 	a)	 	Company may, through a written CWO, make Changes and require the
performance of Extra Work from time to time as it may deem necessary or advisable.
	 
	 	b)	 	Contractor shall not undertake or make any Change or do any Extra Work
under this Agreement unless it has received written authorization from Company
Representative.

	2.4	 	Payment for Changes and Extra Work

	 	a)	 	If a Change or Extra Work is reasonably expected to result in an
increase or a decrease in the cost to Contractor in comparison with what its cost
would have been had no change been made, the Contract Price will be equitably
adjusted on account thereof.
	 
	 	b)	 	If a Change or Extra Work is required at the request of Contractor,
Contractor shall prepare and submit to Company a written valuation of the cost of
the Change or Extra Work.
	 
	 	c)	 	If a Change or Extra Work is required at the request of Company,
Contractor shall prepare and submit to Company a written valuation of the cost of
the Change or Extra Work.
	 
	 	d)	 	Contractor shall only be entitled to compensation in addition to the
Contract Price for Changes or Extra Work if:

	 	i.	 	prior to the performance of the Change or Extra Work,
Contractor has received a CWO signed by the Company Representative
authorizing the Change or Extra Work; and
	 
	 	ii.	 	an inspection determines that such Change or Extra Work
was not caused by a negligent act or omission of Contractor or any
Contractor Personnel or by faulty Work furnished by Contractor or any of
the Parties.

	 	e)	 	For Changes and Extra Work when additional compensation is specified in
a CWO, Contractor shall receive compensation on the following basis:

	 	i.	 	a lump sum or unit price (based on a blanket contract)
shall be agreed upon in writing between Company and Contractor prior to the
commencement of the Change or Extra Work; or
	 
	 	ii.	 	if a lump sum or unit price cannot be agreed upon,
Company shall pay to Contractor an amount equal to the sum of:

	 	A.	 	charges for Contractor Personnel and
Contractor Equipment actually employed in the implementation of such
Changes or Extra Work, as substantiated by timesheets approved by
the Company Representative, at the Rates specified in Schedule “B”
hereto; plus
	 
	 	B.	 	the actual net cost of materials
furnished by Contractor, provided that such materials were
specifically authorized in the CWO and the actual use thereof has
been verified by the Company Representative, as substantiated by
original vendor’s invoice and verification in writing by the Company
Representative of the use of such materials; plus
	 
	 	C.	 	charges for services subcontracted by
Contractor for the performance or completion of the Change or Extra
Work in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement, provided that both the Subcontractor and the terms of
payment to the Subcontractor have been approved by Company
Representative; plus

Section I - Page 8

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	 	D.	 	a charge for overhead and profit for the
totals of the items set out in subsections (B) and (C) of this
Article, in accordance with Schedule “B” hereto.

	 	(iii)	 	Reports specifying the costs of the Change or Extra Work
performed each day must be submitted to Company in a format acceptable to
Company on each succeeding day after such Change or Extra Work is carried out.
The submission to, or acceptance or approval by Company, of such Work cost
records shall not at any time be deemed to be an admission that the Work is
properly chargeable as a Change or Extra Work.

ARTICLE 3

TERM AND TERMINATION

	3.1	 	Term of Agreement

Contractor shall commence the Work any time after June 1, 2008 (the “Commencement Date”) and
continue to complete the same as soon as reasonably possible. The entirety of the Work
shall be completed to the satisfaction of Company, including the installation of all
appurtenances and the performance of clean-up as specified in the terms of this Agreement,
and the Work shall in all respects be ready for its intended use, not later than November 3,
2008 (the “Completion Date”). This Agreement shall continue in force until the Work is
completed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and to the reasonable satisfaction
of Company, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms hereof.

	3.2	 	Suspension of Work by Company

	 	(a)	 	Company may at any time suspend the Work, or any portion thereof, for any
reason by giving Contractor written notice of suspension. Except where required to
comply with Regulations or Policies, Contractor shall cease all Work on the date
specified in the notice and secure the Work and the equipment. Contractor shall resume
Work immediately upon receipt of written notice of Company to resume Work.

	 	(b)	 	If the Work is suspended pursuant to Article 3.2, and such suspension is not
due to Force Majeure, Company shall pay to Contractor for such shutdown an amount
computed on the following basis:

	 	(i)	 	The direct hourly labor cost of all workers who are ready,
willing and able to work, but are idle as a result of such suspension, for each
day or part thereof that such workers are idle up to the time Contractor is
required by Company to maintain only a skeleton crew; and after such request
for reduction in manpower, the direct labor costs for such skeleton crew as
Company may request to be maintained for ready resumption of the Work; all such
labor costs to be determined under the provisions of Article 2.4(d)(ii) hereof;
and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	The hourly cost of Contractor Equipment that is available for
the Work but is idle as a result of such suspension, for each day or part
thereof such Contractor Equipment is shutdown, calculated at one-half of the
Contractor Equipment costs set forth in Article 2.4(d)(ii) hereof.

Company shall not, however, be required to pay Contractor such amount unless the
workers and Contractor Equipment for such Work that has been suspended are actually
standing-by idle. Contractor covenants and agrees to the best of its ability to use
any Contractor Personnel and Contractor Equipment that are standing by for the
performance
of other parts of the Work or for Changes to the Work or Extra Work which may be
required under this Agreement.

Section I -  Page 9

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	 	(c)	 	Contractor acknowledges that delays that may arise by reason of the nature of
the Work have been taken into account and are compensated for in the Contract Price and
payments for any CWO, and that in no circumstances shall Contractor be entitled to
recover from Company any payment for any damages suffered by Contractor as a result of
such suspension.
	 
	 	(d)	 	At any time after receiving notice of a total or partial shutdown, Company may
require Contractor to work part days, or shutdown the Work or any part thereof
partially or completely.

	3.3	 	Termination for Cause by Either Party

Either Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time immediately upon
notice to the other Party, in the event that:

	 	(a)	 	the other Party becomes insolvent;
	 
	 	(b)	 	dissolution, winding-up, bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or similar
proceedings are commenced or are proposed in respect of the other Party;
	 
	 	(c)	 	the other Party takes the benefit of any bankruptcy or insolvency legislation
or files any plan of arrangement there under; or
	 
	 	(d)	 	a receiver is appointed for the other Party or any of its property.

	3.4	 	Termination for Cause by Company

Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement for cause, immediately upon notice
to Contractor. Without limiting Company’s right to cite other reasons or occurrences as
justification of termination for cause, each of the following shall constitute grounds for
termination for cause:

	 	(a)	 	Contractor is not able to commence Work on the Commencement Date for any reason
other than Company’s default or Force Majeure;
	 
	 	(b)	 	Contractor abandons any Work required pursuant to this Agreement, other than
pursuant to an event of Force Majeure;
	 
	 	(c)	 	Company is dissatisfied with the performance of Contractor with respect to the
Work for any justified reason, including unreasonably slow progress on the part of
Contractor or Contractor’s failure to carry out the Work in a competent, skilful and
workmanlike manner or in accordance with its obligations under this Agreement, and
Contractor does not take steps to remedy the cause of such dissatisfaction within five
(5) days of written notice from Company specifying the basis for the dissatisfaction;
	 
	 	(d)	 	Contractor fails to supply sufficient:

	 	(i)	 	qualified, skilled, competent, careful and efficient Contractor
Personnel;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	serviceable Contractor Equipment in good operating condition;
or
	 
	 	(iii)	 	materials of proper quality for the due performance of the
Work under this Agreement;

	 	(e)	 	any damage to, defect in or failure, loss or breakdown of any item of
Contractor Equipment results in the suspension or interruption of Work for a period of
two (2)
successive days during which Contractor does not make every reasonable effort to
correct the cause of the interruption;
	 
	 	(f)	 	Contractor fails to observe any material provision of this Agreement, or it is
apparent to Company that Contractor will not be able to complete Work required pursuant
to this Agreement on or before the Completion Date;

Section
I -  Page 10

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	 	(g)	 	Contractor has unilaterally interrupted the execution of Work for more than two
(2) days without fully justifying such interruption to Company’s satisfaction;

	 	(h)	 	Contractor fails to prosecute the Work, or any part thereof, with such speed as
in the opinion of Company is necessary to complete the same in accordance with the
Construction Schedule;

	 	(i)	 	Contractor has failed to maintain the insurance policies required by this
Agreement;

	 	(j)	 	Contractor has failed to comply with any Policy;
	 
	 	(k)	 	there is a change of control of Contractor or Contractor sells or assigns
substantially all of its business or its assets or;
	 
	 	(l)	 	Contractor fails to make payment for services or materials in accordance with
the terms of an applicable contract; or
	 
	 	(m)	 	Contractor has failed to comply with or has violated the terms and conditions
of any Regulation or Governmental authorization.

	3.5	 	Consequences of Termination

	 	(a)	 	If Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to Article 3.3 or Article 3.4,
Company may complete the Work by whatever methods it deems expedient, with or without
the assistance of third parties, without incurring any liability to Contractor. In
such cases, Company shall have the right to take possession of and use or permit others
to use all or any part of the materials, the Contractor Equipment (including appliances
thereon), supplies and property of every kind provided by Contractor for the purpose of
completing the Work.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Contractor shall, if requested by Company, assign to Company or to such other
person or persons as Company may designate any Subcontract or equipment rental
agreement.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Contractor shall pay Company for all actual direct costs reasonably
necessitated by the termination that would not otherwise have been incurred, including
costs incurred in obtaining re-performance of all portions of the Work that are
incomplete or defective and in obtaining performance of the remaining Work by a third
party or by Company. If Company performs any such re-performance or remainder of the
Work or any part thereof, the cost thereof shall be deemed to include reasonable
overhead of Company in supervising or carrying on the Work so performed and such other
costs and damages as Company may suffer by reason of Contractor’s default.
	 
	 	(d)	 	The remedies of Company set out in this Article 3.5 are in addition to, and not
in substitution for, any other remedies available to Company at law or in equity. The
action of Company in terminating this Agreement and requiring Contractor to stop the
performance of the Work or any part thereof shall in no way vitiate this Agreement or
affect the obligations, liabilities and responsibilities of Contractor. Company may
exercise any remedy under this Agreement or otherwise at law or in equity
contemporaneously one with the other, or in such priority as Company may see fit, and
may exercise any one or more or all of such remedies at such time and in such priority
and without prejudice to its right to any other remedy as Company may see fit.

	3.6	 	Termination at Will by Company

	 	(a)	 	If Company determines, in its sole discretion and for any reason whatsoever,
that it is in the best interest of Company to do so, it shall have the right to
terminate this Agreement by giving not less than five (5) days notice in writing to
Contractor to that effect.
	 
	 	(b)	 	In such event, the effective date of such termination shall be the date upon
which such notice period expires. If Contractor has begun operations under this
Agreement,

Section
I  - Page 11

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	 	 	 	Contractor shall cease such operations by the effective date of termination.
Contractor shall cease such operations by the effective date of termination.
Contractor shall immediately cease placing orders for equipment and materials upon
receipt of such notice unless Company approves such orders in writing.
	 
	 	(c)	 	In the event of any such termination, neither Party shall be liable one to the
other with respect to this Agreement, except that each Party shall remain liable with
respect to all obligations created or arising under this Agreement with respect to Work
done prior to the effective date of termination and Company shall compensate Contractor
for all Work performed and materials furnished prior to the time of such cancellation
and termination, by paying the total of:

	 	(i)	 	A sum based on the actual amount of Work completed from which
shall be deducted all payments previously made to Contractor; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	A sum equal to the cost (including freight and haulage charges)
of all Contractor furnished materials on hand and unused by Contractor at the
time of such cancellation and termination, and materials ordered but not on
hand and for which Contractor has paid or is firmly obligated to pay, none of
which has been included in previous payments. Such material shall, upon payment
thereof by Company, become the property of Company;

Subject to any holdbacks required pursuant to the Builders’ Lien Act and subject to
the terms and conditions of this Agreement as to payment and deductions.

	3.7	 	Requirement to Complete

Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Article 3, Company shall
have the right to require Contractor to complete any phase of the Work to any degree of
completion required by Company, whether before or after the effective date of termination.
Any Work so required to be completed shall be paid for under this Agreement as if such
termination had not occurred, and shall be made subject to all the provisions of this
Agreement. If such Work is performed after the effective date of termination, Contractor
will be paid for such Work in accordance with Article 2.4(d)(ii).

	3.8	 	Company’s Right to Terminate

The right to terminate given to Company in Article 3.4 and Article 3.6 may be exercised in
the sole discretion of Company. Nothing contained herein shall abridge or alter any rights
or privileges given to Company in any other portion of this Agreement.

	3.9	 	Termination of Agreement by Contractor

Contractor shall have the right to terminate this Agreement when an Order of any Court or
other public authority, other than Company, causes the Work to be stopped or suspended for
at least thirty (30) days, and such stoppage or suspension occurs through no act or fault of
Contractor or any member of Contractor Group. Contractor shall receive from Company payment
for the Work performed, expenses incurred, and losses sustained in respect of materials up
to the time of termination. Company shall not be liable for any loss of profits or damages
incurred by Contractor as a result of such stoppage or suspension. Such termination shall be
effective upon Contractor giving notice thereof.

ARTICLE 4

CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

	4.1	 	Construction Schedule

Contractor shall submit to Company for approval a construction schedule and plan of
operation (the “Construction Schedule”). The Construction Schedule, upon approval by
Company, shall

Section
I -  Page 12

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

be attached to this Agreement as Schedule “C”, and shall be incorporated into
and made a part of this Agreement. The Construction Schedule shall not be changed without
the prior approval of Company.

	4.2	 	Extension of Completion Date

The Completion Date may be extended if:

	 	(a)	 	Company authorizes a Change or Extra Work and a time extension is specified in
the relevant CWO;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the Work is suspended as provided for in Article 3.2 hereof;
	 
	 	(c)	 	the Work is delayed as a result of an event of Force Majeure;
	 
	 	(d)	 	a delay occurs in the progress of the Work as a result of the negligence of
Company or Company Personnel;
	 
	 	(e)	 	a delay occurs as a result of use by Company of a portion of the Work as
provided for in Article 12.3 hereof; or
	 
	 	(f)	 	a delay occurs by reason of the failure of delivery of any Company Material and
Equipment.

A claim for extension of the Completion Date shall only be considered when submitted by
Contractor to Company in writing within seven (7) days of the occurrence of the delay on
which the claim is based; provided, however, that in the case of a continuing cause of delay
only one (1) claim shall be necessary. Company will make the final decision on all requests
for extension of time. The granting of additional time to complete the Work pursuant to
this Article 4.2 shall not give Contractor grounds to make any claims whatsoever for
additional payment, save on the grounds set out in sub-clauses (b) and (e) hereof, in which
case payments shall be made as specified in Article 3.2 and 12.3 respectively, and in
sub-clause (d) hereof in which case payment shall be agreed upon by the Parties in writing.

	4.3	 	Insufficient Rate of Progress

If (a) Contractor or any Contractor Personnel is responsible for a delay in the progress of
the Work, or fails to complete any phase of the Work within the time limits prescribed in
the Construction Schedule; or (b) in Company’s opinion the rate of progress of the Work is
insufficient to enable the whole of the Work, or any part or parts thereof to be completed
within the time or times specified for such completion in the Construction Schedule, then
Contractor shall work such overtime, acquire and use for prosecution of the Work such
necessary additional labor and equipment, and perform all such other acts as may be
necessary to expedite the progress of the Work to achieve completion of the Work or any
portion thereof in accordance with the Construction Schedule. Contractor shall not be
entitled to any extra payment by reason of taking such steps.

	4.4	 	Failure to Complete on Time

If Contractor fails to complete the Work within the time required by this Agreement,
Company, in addition to any other rights and remedies it may have, shall be entitled to
deduct from any
payments due to Contractor the additional costs to Company of Work incurred as a result of
Contractor’s failure to complete on time.

	4.5	 	No Bonus

There shall be no bonus payable to Contractor for completion of the Work prior to the
Completion Date.

Section
I  - Page 13

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

ARTICLE 5

PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

	5.1	 	Contractor Representations

Contractor represents and warrants that:

	 	(a)	 	it has had an opportunity to examine, and has carefully examined, this
Agreement and that it has fully acquainted itself with the general topography, soil
structure, subsurface conditions, obstructions and all other conditions pertaining to
the Work, and the Worksite;
	 
	 	(b)	 	it has made all investigations essential to a full understanding of the
difficulties which may be encountered in performing the Work, as well as a full
understanding and anything else in any of this Agreement or in any representation,
statements or information made or furnished by Company or its representatives;
	 
	 	(c)	 	it will, regardless of any such conditions pertaining to the Work, or the
Worksite, complete the Work for the Contract Price stated in these Contract Documents
and shall assume full responsibility for any such conditions pertaining to the Work,
the Worksite and all risks in connection therewith;
	 
	 	(d)	 	it has authority to do business in the state or states in which the Worksite is
located;
	 
	 	(e)	 	it is fully qualified to perform the Work and shall perform the Work in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement, all applicable Regulations and Policies,
and to the best standards of engineering and workmanship established within the
petroleum industry; and
	 
	 	(f)	 	it shall cooperate at all times with the Company Representatives, the
Inspectors and all Company Personnel.

	5.2	 	Independent Contractor

Contractor is an independent Contractor and the Work shall be carried out by Contractor
under its own direction and superintendence and at its own risk. Contractor has full power
and authority to select the means, methods and manner of performing the Work, being
responsible to Company for all materials delivered to Contractor from Company and for the
results contracted for; and upon completion, Contractor agrees to deliver the Work complete
and undamaged in accordance with this Agreement.

	5.3	 	Compliance

	 	(a)	 	All Work performed shall comply with the Regulations and further, Contractor
agrees to abide by the Policies.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Contractor shall observe and comply with all Regulations, whether imposed upon
Company as owner or Contractor as construction and testing contractor in any manner
howsoever relating to the Work.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Company shall furnish, as necessary for the execution of the Work, additional
instructions, by means of drawings or otherwise. All such additional instructions shall
be consistent with and form part of this Agreement. In the event that any portion of
the Work requires additional instructions Contractor shall secure the same from
Company before proceeding with such Work and the Work shall be executed in
conformity therewith. In giving such additional instructions, Company shall have the
authority to require Minor Changes to be made without additional charge to Company,
provided that no additional material costs have been incurred by Contractor.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Contractor shall cooperate fully with Company and with other contractors and
subcontractors performing other Work at or adjacent to the Worksite and shall plan and

Section
I -  Page 14

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation.

coordinate the Work with that of other contractors and subcontractors so as to prevent
interference with their operations.

ARTICLE 6

REPRESENTATIVES

6.1 Company Representatives

	 	(a)	 	Prior to commencement of the Work, Company shall designate one or more
representatives (each a “Company Representative” and collectively the “Company
Representatives”) who shall be authorized to act on Company’s behalf for purposes of
this Agreement. Company shall notify Contractor of all Company Representatives.
Company may change Company Representatives at any time. A Company Representative, may
delegate to other persons certain aspects of his authority he deems appropriate.
	 
	 	(b)	 	A Company Representative will observe the Work in progress on behalf of
Company. A Company Representative will have the authority to stop the Work whenever
such stoppage may be necessary in his opinion, to ensure the proper execution of the
Work in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
	 
	 	(c)	 	If at any time, a Company Representative is of the opinion that there exists a
danger to life or property, he may order Contractor to stop the Work or to take such
remedial measures as he considers necessary and Contractor shall obey such orders
immediately.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Contractor shall obey, perform and comply with Company Representative’s orders
or instructions with respect to the Work or concerning the conduct thereof promptly,
efficiently and to the satisfaction of Company Representative. However, if Contractor
is of the opinion that such orders or instructions are not authorized under the
provisions of this Agreement, Contractor shall so notify Company Representative in
writing before proceeding to carry them out. If Contractor does not so notify Company
Representative in writing Contractor shall not claim, at any time thereafter, that the
orders or instructions were not authorized. Nevertheless, the giving of such notice to
Company Representative shall not relieve Contractor of its obligations to carry out and
obey such orders and instructions.

	6.2	 	Contractor Representative

Contractor shall, before commencement of the Work, designate one senior executive as its
representative (the “Contractor Representative”), who shall be on call at all times and be
made available to Company if, as and when required by Company. Contractor may change the
Contractor Representative by notice to Company. Company shall have the right to approve the
Contractor Representative and any replacement thereof, and any Contractor Representative not
approved by Company shall not be recognized by Company for purposes of this Agreement.

	6.3	 	Possession of Agreement

Both the Company Representatives and the Contractor Representative shall be in possession of
an updated copy of this Agreement, including all Schedules and every CWO, at all times.

ARTICLE 7

WORKSITE

	7.1	 	Lands Provided by Company

Company shall provide the lands upon which the Worksite is located.

Section
I  - Page 15

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	7.2	 	Private Land

It shall be Contractor’s responsibility to ascertain the boundaries within which the Work
must be confined. Contractor shall not enter upon lands other than those provided by
Company, for any purpose, without obtaining prior written permission of the landowners and
occupiers. Contractor shall not enter upon lands owned by others on which Company has
leases, easements, rights-of-entry or other surface rights without having received the
written authorization of Company for such entry. It shall be Contractor’s responsibility to
ascertain from Company the conditions on which leases, easements, rights-of-entry and other
surface rights have been granted on private or public lands and to abide by these conditions
throughout the performance of the Work.

	7.3	 	Site and Conduct of Work Thereon

	 	a)	 	Contractor shall exercise due care in performance of the Work and shall
take such measures as necessary to safeguard persons and livestock from death, loss
or injury.
	 
	 	b)	 	Any equipment shall not operate over or within 5 feet of any pipeline,
telephone lines, poles or cables (whether the property of Company or others)
without permission in writing from Company Representative.

	7.4	 	Copy of Agreement

Contractor shall keep a copy of this Agreement, including all Schedules and every CWO, at
the Worksite at all times.

ARTICLE 8

RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR

	8.1	 	Contractor Personnel

	 	a)	 	Contractor shall perform the Work in an efficient, workmanlike and
careful manner by utilizing qualified, skilled, competent, careful and efficient
workmen in strict conformity with this Agreement. Contractor Personnel shall
always be available and ready, willing and able to perform the Work without
interruption.
	 
	 	b)	 	If during the term of this Agreement, either Party discovers that any
Contractor Personnel are not qualified, capable or suitable for the Work,
Contractor shall immediately replace them with suitable, qualified, experienced
personnel approved by Company.
	 
	 	c)	 	Company shall have the right to require the removal from the Work of
any Contractor Personnel for any justified reason, and Contractor shall immediately
remove such Contractor Personnel and provide a proper substitute, all at
Contractor’s expense.
	 
	 	d)	 	Contractor shall, as far as is practical, employ labor from the area in
which the Work is being performed. Contractor shall handle the employment of labor
in such manner as to satisfy the reasonable requirements, with respect to such
employment, of public authorities of the communities or political subdivisions in
which the Work is being carried out; provided however, that the requirements of
this paragraph shall not be construed to compel the payment of a higher scale of
wages than is customary in the territory for the kind of Work contemplated under
this Agreement.
	 
	 	e)	 	Contractor shall comply with all Regulations with respect to the
employment and working of the Contractor Personnel engaged in the Work and with
respect to the payment of wages and compensation thereto.
	 
	 	f)	 	Contractor shall ensure that all Contractor Personnel comply with all
Regulations and Policies.

Section
I  - Page 16

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	 	g)	 	Contractor shall maintain strict discipline and good order among
Contractor Personnel during the performance of the Work. In the event of default,
misconduct, negligence, evident professional incompetence, or non-compliance with
the terms of this Agreement or any of the Regulations or the Policies by Contractor
Personnel which has or is reasonably likely to have a materially adverse effect on
the conduct of the Work, Contractor shall promptly replace at its expense, whether
or not requested by Company, any culpable Contractor Personnel with a competent
substitute within 24 hours or such longer time as may be agreed by Company. Such
culpable Contractor Personnel shall be immediately removed from the Worksite at the
expense of Contractor. Anyone removed for any of these reasons shall not be
engaged again in the Work or on other work of any member of the Company Group
without the prior approval of Company.
	 
	 	h)	 	Company shall not be responsible for providing shelter, food, water,
medical attention or transportation for any Contractor Personnel.

	8.2	 	Contractor Equipment

	 	a)	 	Contractor warrants that all Contractor Equipment shall be in good
working order, shall meet the specifications contained in this Agreement, shall
include operating manuals, supplies, and spare parts and shall meet the
requirements of and be operated in accordance with the Regulations and all
manufacturer’s codes.
	 
	 	b)	 	Contractor warrants that all Contractor Equipment shall be maintained
in a manner consistent with the best accepted standards of the industry and that
the Contractor Equipment will be in good condition, suitable for its intended
purpose, repaired or replaced if required, and that such Contractor Equipment shall
always be available for the Work.
	 
	 	c)	 	Contractor shall regularly inspect and maintain in good, safe operating
condition all equipment, materials, and supplies for the performance of the Work.
Company shall have the right, but not the duty, to inspect the Contractor Equipment
at any time. If, in the opinion of a Company Representative, any of the Contractor
Equipment is unsafe or not capable or suitable for the Work, Contractor shall
repair such Contractor Equipment or replace it with safe, capable, suitable
equipment at Contractor’s expense. Failure by the Company to inspect or to require
the replacement of any Contractor Equipment shall not relieve Contractor of any of
its obligations pursuant to this Article 8.2.
	 
	 	d)	 	Contractor shall maintain, at Contractor’s cost, sufficient inventory
of replacement equipment, maintenance and repair parts, consumables and small tools
to a level which is kept by a reasonable and prudent Contractor to ensure the safe,
efficient and uninterrupted performance of the Work.
	 
	 	e)	 	Any equipment rental agreement whereby equipment is rented by
Contractor or any Subcontractor for use on or with respect to any Work under this
Agreement shall have a provision therein that such agreement may be freely assigned
to Company.

	8.3	 	Superintendence by Contractor

Contractor shall give adequate and competent supervision to the Work and shall keep a
competent superintendent at the site of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for
security and safety measures during performance of the Work until acceptance of the Work by
Company.

	8.4	 	Permits and Licenses

	 	(a)	 	Except as provided in this Agreement, Contractor shall procure at its own
expense any and all permits and licenses (other than permits or licenses which can only
be granted to Company) and fully comply with the Regulations of all jurisdictions in
which the Work is located as may be necessary for the performance of the Work so the
Work when completed can be used for the purpose or purposes for which it is intended.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Contractor shall procure any and all
permits for its

Section
I -  Page 17

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	 	 	 	use of public highways, shall obtain all necessary corporate or other
qualifications required in the applicable state and shall conform to all Regulations.

	 	(b)	 	Contractor shall familiarize itself with all permits and licenses procured by
Company and all Regulations relating thereto, and shall comply with all requirements
thereof in any way relative to the conduct of the Work.

	8.5	 	Safety

	 	(a)	 	Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of all
Contractor Personnel on the Work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of the
Regulations to prevent accidents or injuries to persons or damage to property on or
about or adjacent to Worksite.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Contractor shall comply with Company safety Policies applicable to the
Worksite, copies of which shall be made available to Contractor and posted at the
Worksite.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Contractor shall ensure that, in the performance of the Work, public travel
shall not be needlessly inconvenienced, nor shall it be wholly obstructed at any point
without the consent of authorities having jurisdiction. Contractor shall furnish and
maintain, where necessary, lanterns, flares, barricades, flagmen and signs to fully
protect the public, and shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that the public is
fully protected in the performance of the Work.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Contractor shall continuously and adequately protect the Work from damage and
shall protect the property of Company from injury, loss or damage arising in connection
with the Work under this Agreement. Contractor shall make good any loss, damage or
injury to the Work or to the property of Company caused directly or indirectly by the
negligence of Contractor or any Contractor Personnel or any defective Work. Contractor
shall adequately protect the property of others at the Worksite and adjacent to the
Worksite as provided by the Regulations, the Policies and this Agreement.

	8.6	 	Contractor’s Financial Responsibilities and Liens

	 	(a)	 	Contractor shall promptly and satisfactorily pay all bills and settle all
claims incurred by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work under this
Agreement. Additionally, Contractor shall promptly pay and discharge all damage claims
of every kind which Contractor may be obligated to pay under the terms of this
Agreement.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Contractor shall be responsible for and shall release, indemnify, defend and
hold Company Group harmless from and against any and all Claims arising out of or
alleged to have arisen out of any services, labor and materials furnished by or to
Contractor or any of the Contractor Personnel in connection with the Work including all
labor, material and builders’ liens:

	 	(i)	 	upon the Work;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	upon the property which the Worksite is located; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	arising from any labor and materials furnished by or to
Contractor or any of the Contractor Personnel.

	 	(c)	 	Contractor shall keep the Work and the property on which the Worksite is
located free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances arising from the
performance of the Work or from the default under or failure to comply with this
Agreement.
	 
	 	(d)	 	If at any time and from time to time Contractor fails or refuses to promptly
and satisfactorily pay all bills and settle all claims, Company shall have the right,
but not the obligation, upon ten (10) days notice to Contractor, to pay any or all such
unpaid bills and to settle any or all such unsatisfied claims for the account of
Contractor, and to deduct

Section
I -  Page 18

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

the amount so paid from any amounts due to Contractor under
this Agreement or any other agreement between Company and Contractor, provided that
such action by Company shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default by Contractor
under this Agreement.

	 	(e)	 	If required by Company, Contractor shall furnish a good and sufficient release
and waiver of lien for itself and each of the Contractor Personnel regarding the
furnishing of services, labor or material in connection with the Work. If required by
Company, Contractor shall furnish additional evidence satisfactory to Company that all
services, labor and materials furnished by or to Contractor or any Contractor
Personnel, have been fully paid and satisfied. If required by Company, Contractor
shall also furnish evidence satisfactory to Company that all monies payable under the
Workers’ Compensation Act of the applicable state, in connection with the Work, have
been paid.

	8.7	 	Performance Bond

	 	(a)	 	Company may require Contractor to furnish a performance bond prior to
commencement of the Work or at any time the Work is in the process of being completed,
in a form satisfactory to Company and with a surety or sureties provider satisfactory
to Company, for an amount up to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Price or of
the remaining part of the Work guaranteeing that Contractor will perform faithfully,
promptly and with due diligence all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement
including all of the undertakings, obligations and liabilities of Contractor or any
subcontractor arising hereunder.

	 	(b)	 	The cost of such bond shall be paid by Contractor and reimbursed by Company.

ARTICLE 9

MATERIALS

	9.1	 	Materials Supplied by Contractor

	 	(a)	 	Contractor shall supply all equipment and materials required to complete the
Work in accordance with this Agreement other than Company Material and Equipment. All
materials used in the Work shall be satisfactory to Company and shall conform to the
specifications and drawings or, where not detailed in the specifications and drawings,
shall require Company’s approval. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be
new.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Contractor shall provide all utilities and boarding necessary for the
completion of the Work in accordance with this Agreement.
	 
	 	(c)	 	American labor, parts, materials, equipment, supplies and services shall be
used to the fullest practical extent.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Schedules of piping, fittings, reinforcing or other materials indicating
quantity and/or dimension, which are shown on the drawings or in the applicable
sections of the specifications, are intended only to assist Contractor in its quantity
takeoff. Quantities and dimensions shown therein are not guaranteed to be accurate and
shall be checked by Contractor prior to placing an order for such materials.

	9.2	 	Materials Supplied by Company

	 	(a)	 	Company will provide all material for the project such as pipe, valves,
fittings, risers, supports, tape and wire.

	 	(b)	 	Contractor is responsible for pick-up of material from the Corning Gas
warehouse prior to start of construction. All Company Material and Equipment shall be
checked for quantity and condition by Contractor upon pick-up and a written record
thereof shall be prepared by the Contractor Representative and approved by a Company
Representative. Such

Section
I -  Page 19

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

written record shall evidence the amount of Company Material and
Equipment delivered to Contractor.

	 	(c)	 	Contractor shall be responsible for all Company Material and Equipment. Any
Company Material and Equipment lost, damaged or stolen after being received by
Contractor and all Company Material and Equipment delivered for the account of
Contractor, shall be replaced by Contractor with identical materials and equipment at
no expense to Company.

	9.3	 	Storage of Materials by Contractor

	 	(a)	 	Contractor, at its own cost and risk, shall store all materials, including
Company Material and Equipment, provided for the Work until they have been incorporated
into the Work. Such materials and Company Material and Equipment shall be stored so as
to ensure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the Work, and shall be
protected against vandalism and theft.
	 
	 	(b)	 	All stored material and Company Material and Equipment shall be located as to
facilitate prompt inspection. Faulty materials shall not be stored on the site, and
any materials in storage found to be faulty shall be removed from the site by
Contractor. For further clarity, all demurrage and storage charges will be for the
account of Contractor.

	9.4	 	Wastage

All losses incurred by abnormal wastage of any material whatsoever, whether furnished by
Contractor or by Company shall be borne by Contractor.

ARTICLE 10

INSPECTION

	10.1	 	Inspection

	 	(a)	 	Company requires, and Contractor hereby agrees to allow a thorough inspection
by Company’s inspectors of all the Work performed and materials furnished by Contractor
or any member of the Contractor Group under this Agreement, as the Work progresses.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Company may appoint any person or persons to be Inspectors.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Contractor shall allow the Inspectors access at all times to the Work, wherever
it is in progress. The Inspectors shall have the authority at any time and from time
to time to reject any Work, including materials, procedures, or workmanship, not
complying with the provisions of this Agreement, and to order Contractor to stop Work
until such materials, procedures and workmanship comply with such provisions.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Contractor shall give Company reasonable advance notice of any tests or
inspections of Work to be conducted by Contractor or any Contractor Personnel, and the
Inspectors and Company Representatives shall be entitled to witness such inspection or
test. If, due to the fault of Contractor or of a Subcontractor, any part of Work is
concealed without approval or consent of Company, Contractor shall, if requested by
Company, uncover
such Work for inspection by Company and Contractor shall bear all additional costs
of uncovering and recovering such Work.

	10.2	 	No Deemed Acceptance

The inspection of any portion of the Work or materials during the progress of the
construction shall not constitute acceptance by Company. Failure on the part of Company to
inspect any Work or workmanship or to object to any defects therein after it has inspected
the same shall not relieve Contractor, or any member of the Contractor Group, of their
responsibilities and liabilities
as provided for in this Agreement.

Section
I -  Page 20

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

ARTICLE 11

DEFICIENCIES

	11.1	 	Rejected Work and Materials

	 	(a)	 	All Work which does not conform to the requirements of this Agreement will be
rejected. Any defective Work, whatever the cause thereof and without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, whether the result of poor workmanship or use of defective
materials, shall be removed immediately or at a time agreed upon by the Company and
Contractor. The fact that Company may have previously overlooked such defective Work
shall not constitute an acceptance. The removal of the defective Work and the
re-execution thereof shall be at the expense of Contractor and it shall pay the cost of
replacing the Work, which shall include, but not be limited to, the costs of materials
of other contractors destroyed or damaged by the removal of the defective Work or
materials and the subsequent replacement with acceptable Work.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Company shall have the option to decide whether defective Work will be
re-executed by Contractor. If Company decides that Contractor shall not re-execute
defective Work, Company may deduct from the Contract Price the difference in value
between the Work as done and Work called for by this Agreement, the amount of which
shall be determined by Company, acting reasonably.

	11.2	 	Company’s Right to Correct Deficiencies

	 	(a)	 	If Contractor has failed to proceed with diligence to correct any defective
Work per 11.1 (a), Company may, without prejudice to any other remedy it may have
pursuant to this Agreement, at equity or in law, correct such deficiencies.
	 
	 	(b)	 	If, in Company’s reasonable opinion, an emergency or other danger to the Work
or the public exists, Company may without notice to Contractor immediately correct any
deficiencies, without prejudice to any other remedy it may have pursuant to this
Agreement, at equity or in law.
	 
	 	(c)	 	The expense of Work performed by Company in correcting deficiencies shall be
borne by Contractor and may be deducted from amounts to be paid to Contractor.

	11.3	 	Non-Waiver of Defaults

Failure by Company at any time, or from time to time, to require Contractor to correct any
deficiencies shall not constitute a waiver of any of the terms or conditions of this
Agreement and shall not affect or impair the right of Company at any time to avail itself of
such remedies as it may have with respect to such deficiencies or for any other default of
Contractor under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 12

OWNERSHIP OF WORK

	12.1	 	Title to Materials

Title to materials provided by Contractor, whether or not delivered to the Worksite, shall
vest in Company as soon as paid for by Company, but the ownership thereof by Company shall
not absolve Contractor from liability for loss of or damage to same, nor from any other duty
or responsibility for same as provided in this Agreement. Until the materials have been
paid for by Company, Contractor shall retain title to all materials, whether or not
delivered to the Worksite. Upon completion of the Work, Contractor shall have the right to
remove from the Worksite all surplus Materials that have not been incorporated into the Work
or paid for by Company.

Section
I -  Page 21

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	12.2	 	Title to Work

Subject to Article 12.1, title to all the Work completed and all the Work in the course of
construction, irrespective of the location thereof, shall be with Company, but the ownership
thereof by Company shall not absolve Contractor from liability for loss of or damage to
same, nor from any other duty or responsibility for same as provided in this Agreement.

	12.3	 	Use of Completed Portions

Company will have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially
completed portions of the Work, whether the time for completing the entire Work or such
portions has or has not expired, but such taking possession and use will not be deemed an
acceptance of any Work not completed in accordance with this Agreement. If such prior use
otherwise increases the cost of, or delays the completion of uncompleted Work or causes
refinishing of completed Work, Contractor shall be entitled to such extra compensation or
extension of time, or both, as agreed upon by the Parties in writing.

	12.4	 	Damage to Work

Contractor shall be responsible for all loss and damage whatsoever that may occur on or to
the Work or any portion thereof, completed or otherwise, until such time as the entire Work
has been completed and a notice of final acceptance has been issued by Company. In the event
of any loss or damage occurring, Contractor shall at its own expense and on notice from
Company, immediately put the Work into the condition it was immediately prior to such loss
or damage, except where such loss or damage was caused solely by an act of Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contractor shall not be responsible for any loss or damage to
portions of the Work to which Company has taken possession pursuant to Article 12.3.

ARTICLE 13

RIGHTS OF COMPANY

	13.1	 	Separate Contracts

	 	(a)	 	Company reserves the right to enter into other contracts in connection with the
Work. Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the
introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their work and shall
properly connect and coordinate its Work with theirs.
	 
	 	(b)	 	If any of the Work depends upon the work of any other contractor, Contractor
shall inspect and measure the Work in place and determine whether anything in such work
renders it unsuitable for proper execution of its Work. Contractor shall promptly
report the results of such inspection and measurement to Company if anything in such
Work renders it unsuitable for proper execution of the Work. Failure to inspect and
report promptly shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractor’s work and
Contractor
shall have no claim against Company by reason of anything in such work rendering the
same unsuitable for proper execution of the Work.

	13.2	 	Review of Purchase Orders

If requested by Company, one (1) copy of all un-priced purchase orders and agreements
applicable or related to the Work, including any and all Subcontracts are to be furnished to
Company by Contractor prior to the commencement of the Work or prior to the commencement of
that phase of the Work to which such agreement relates. If requested by Company, Contractor
shall from time to time during the performance of the Work, deliver to Company, within five
(5) days of the execution thereof, one copy of any further agreements which may be made by
Contractor either in addition to, in renewal of, or substitution for any one or more of such
agreements.

Section
I -  Page 22

 

 

Corning
Natural Gas Corporation

ARTICLE 14

COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE

	14.1	 	Completion of Work

On completion of construction, all portions of the Work shall be examined carefully by
Contractor, which shall satisfy itself that every item has been completed and that the whole
Work is in a clean and tidy condition and ready in all respects for acceptance by Company.
Contractor shall then, by writing to Company, request that a final inspection of the Work be
carried out by Company.

	14.2	 	Final Inspection by Company

Upon receipt of a request for final inspection from Contractor, Company shall promptly
conduct a final inspection of the Work. If, and only if:

	 	(a)	 	the Work has been properly completed in accordance with the terms and
conditions of this Agreement and to the satisfaction of Company;
	 
	 	(b)	 	any and all deficiencies have been rectified to the satisfaction of Company;
	 
	 	(c)	 	Contractor has provided to Company a certificate of an officer of Contractor
certifying that all claims and demands of Contractor under this Agreement, including
all demands for Changes or Extra Work, have been presented in writing to Company; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	Contractor has complied with all the provisions of this Agreement (other than
those that cannot be performed until after notice of acceptance has been issued by the
Company);

Company shall issue notice of acceptance to Contractor. The issuance of a notice of
acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from any liability arising out of failure to comply
fully with the terms of this Agreement.

	14.3	 	Partial Acceptance of Work

	 	(a)	 	If Contractor considers that for reasons beyond its control all job
deficiencies cannot be rectified promptly, it may in writing request a partial
acceptance of the Work and a partial release of the holdback monies. Such written
request must be submitted to Company, but shall not be submitted to or considered by
Company until the officer’s certificate referred to in Article 14.2(c) above has been
provided to Company.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Company shall have the right, exercisable in its sole discretion, to issue or
to decline to issue a notice of partial acceptance. Company shall further have the
right, exercisable in its sole discretion, to determine on what terms it is willing to
issue a notice of partial acceptance. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, no such partial acceptance shall prejudice the rights of the Company under
any Regulations or any performance or
other bonds. Further, Company shall have the right to retain a sum equal to not less
than twice the estimated cost of correcting any outstanding deficiencies.

ARTICLE 15

GUARANTEE OF WORK

	15.1	 	Guarantee Period

Receipt of a Notice of Final Acceptance from Company shall not relieve Contractor of
responsibility for faulty design, faulty material, defective workmanship or any other
defects in the Work. Contractor guarantees the Work against any defects that may appear
within three (3) years from the date of acceptance as set out in the Notice of Final
Acceptance (the “Guarantee Period”). Faulty materials shall be replaced and any and all
defects and failures that occur or are discovered during the Guarantee Period shall be
promptly rectified to the satisfaction of Company

Section
I -  Page 23

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

and in accordance with this Agreement,
including, if deemed necessary by Company, replacement of all or a portion of the Work.

	15.2	 	Correction of Deficiencies Pursuant to Guarantee

If Company observes through use of the Work, or if it is discovered by tests or inspection
of the Work prior to the end of the Guarantee Period, that a deficiency or defect exists in
the materials or workmanship in respect to the specified Work, Company shall immediately
notify Contractor of the defect or deficiency and instruct it to rectify the fault. Such
notification shall be confirmed by Company in writing to Contractor. In the event that the
Work to correct the deficiency, in the opinion of Company, must be done immediately to
prevent serious damage, injury or loss of life, Company may perform or cause to be performed
the necessary Work and shall notify Contractor accordingly.

	15.3	 	Failure to Correct

	 	(a)	 	Work required during the Guarantee Period shall be completed by Contractor
within ten (10) days of Company’s written instruction to Contractor to perform such
Work. In the event that such Work is not completed by Contractor within the ten (10)
day period, or such other period as may be approved in writing by Company, Company may
take whatever action is necessary to have the Work done.
	 
	 	(b)	 	All costs relating to Work performed during the Guarantee Period, whether done
by Contractor, Company or a third party, shall be borne by Contractor. Contractor
shall, in addition, be liable to Company for all expenses, losses or damages that may
be incurred by Company as a result of such defect in the Work and any failure by
Contractor to remedy such defect within the time specified in this Article, including
all costs of engineering, inspection and testing of such Work.

ARTICLE 16

FINANCIAL MATTERS

	16.1	 	Compensation

	 	(a)	 	Company shall pay and Contractor shall receive as full and complete
compensation for the Work herein described the Contract Price as detailed in Schedule
“B” hereto. The Contract Price covers and includes Contractor’s entire consideration
from Company for the satisfactory completion of the Work, including the installation of
all appurtenances and facilities whether or not specifically enumerated, all
supervision, labor, material, equipment, taxes, fee, charges, profit, and all other
costs and expenses incurred by Contractor, whether of the same or of a different nature
from those enumerated, in the performance of the Work.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Company shall not be obliged to make any extra payments to Contractor in
connection with the Work unless Company has approved a CWO setting out such additional
payments.

	16.2	 	Invoices

Contractor shall prepare and submit all invoices and supporting documents in accordance with
Schedule “B”.

	16.3	 	Withholdings

	 	(a)	 	Company shall withhold amounts required to be withheld pursuant to the
Builders’ Lien Act and all other Regulations. Such amounts shall be held back by
Company from each Progress Payment and all other payments made pursuant to this
Agreement as required pursuant to the Regulations.

Section
I -  Page 24

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	 	(b)	 	Payment otherwise due by Company to Contractor may also be withheld by Company
without payment of interest, on account of:

	 	(i)	 	failure of Contractor to make satisfactory progress in
completion of the Work or any portion thereof in accordance with the
Construction Schedule;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	defective Work done and not remedied by Contractor;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	one or more affidavits of claim of liens having been filed
against the lands and premises on which the Work is being done, or the
existence of reasonable evidence of the probable filing of such affidavits of
claim of liens or of filing or registration of liens;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	failure by Contractor to make prompt payments as they become
due to Subcontractors or otherwise with respect to the Work, including payments
for Contractor Equipment, materials or Contractor Personnel;
	 
	 	(v)	 	the filing of claims or evidence indicating the probable filing
of claims against Company and the Work; or
	 
	 	(v)	 	any other circumstances in Company’s sole discretion, acting
reasonably, where Company may feel it necessary to withhold payments.

If and when the cause or causes for withholding any such payment are remedied or
removed and satisfactory evidence of such remedy or removal has been presented to
Company, the payments withheld shall be promptly made to Contractor. If Contractor
fails or refuses to remedy or remove any cause for withholding such payments within
thirty (30) days after delivery of written notice to Contractor by Company, Company
may remedy or remove the same or cause the same to be remedied or removed and may
deduct the cost thereof from the compensation due and Contractor and its sureties,
if any, shall be liable for and shall pay the difference to Company.

	16.4	 	Release of Amounts Withheld

Company will pay amounts withheld pursuant to the Builders’ Lien Act to Contractor within
fourteen (14) days of the expiry of the statutory time limit for filing liens under the
Builders’ Liens Act and any other applicable Regulations provided that:

	 	(a)	 	Contractor has provided to Company a certificate from the appropriate
Regulatory authorities evidencing that, as of the date two (2) days after the expiry of
such statutory period, no notices or affidavits of lien have been filed or other
matters recorded to make effective any lien;
	 
	 	(b)	 	Contractor has provided to Company a statutory declaration, dated not earlier
than seven (7) days after the expiry of such statutory period, stating that all
materials, labor, work and services incurred directly or indirectly on account of the
Work have been paid for by Contractor; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	the Workers’ Compensation Board with authority over the Worksite has, at the
request of Contractor, provided to Company a certificate, dated not earlier than the
expiry date of such statutory period, that all assessments due to the Workers’
Compensation Board by Contractor have been paid.

	16.5	 	Partial Release of Amounts Withheld

	 	(a)	 	If Contractor has requested and has been granted partial acceptance of the Work
and partial holdback in accordance with the provisions of Article 14.3, Company will
release the funds withheld pursuant to the Builders’ Lien Act, less any amounts
required to be withheld pursuant to the Regulations, and the amounts to be retained in
respect of any outstanding deficiencies.

Section
I -  Page 25

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	 	(b)	 	When Contractor has remedied all outstanding deficiencies and has completed all
the Work previously uncompleted, in each case in accordance with this Agreement and to
the satisfaction of Company, it shall request the notice of final acceptance in
accordance with Article 14.1 and final Progress payment in accordance with Article
16.5. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, an inspection by Company and
evidence of freedom from claims for payment, for liens and for assessments will be
required before the final payment is made.
	 
	 	(c)	 	A single payment of any amount remaining due to Contractor shall be made within
fifty (50) days after the issuance by Company of the notice of final acceptance.

	16.6	 	Removal of Liens

	 	(a)	 	Contractor shall forthwith remove at its own expense any and all affidavits of
claim and liens filed or registered against the Worksite or the property on which the
Worksite is located, and Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless Company from any
liability arising out of such affidavits of claim and liens.
	 
	 	(b)	 	If the Regulations permit Company to make a partial release of the holdback
required pursuant to the Builders’ Lien Act in respect of completed subcontracts,
Company will not make any payment to Contractor in respect of such holdback until
Contractor has secured the removal of all liens filed for work or services performed or
materials supplied under such subcontract.

	16.7	 	Set-Off

Company shall be entitled to set off any amount that it believes in good faith is owed by
Contractor to Company or an Affiliate of Company, pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise,
against any amount due to Contractor hereunder.

	16.8	 	Taxes

	 	(a)	 	Except for State Tax and any other sales taxes levied on material furnished by
Company under this Agreement, prices stated herein are inclusive of all taxes, fees,
duties or charges imposed by any governmental authority upon the Work or as an incident
to the purchase, sale, ownership, storage, delivery, transport, export or import of the
Work. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, any existing or increase or new
tax, fee, duty or charge levied on the Work or the wages, salaries or other
remuneration paid to the Contractor Personnel in connection with the performance of the
Work provided for herein by any governmental authority shall be for the account of
Contractor. Contractor shall indemnify and hold Company harmless from any liability,
cost and expense arising
directly or indirectly from the imposition of same. If by reason of Contractor’s
failure to pay such taxes and if by virtue of legislation such tax, fee, duty or
charge is payable by Company, Contractor shall reimburse Company for such tax, fee,
duty or charge.
	 
	 	(b)	 	State and any other similar tax, if applicable, must each be shown as separate
items on any invoice or credit note related to this Agreement. Any Work or materials
that are either zero-rated or exempt, as defined by New York state Tax rules, must be
separately identified as such on all invoices and credit notes related to this
Agreement.

Section
I -  Page 26

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

ARTICLE 17

AUDIT

	17.1	 	Audit Right

Company reserves the right to inspect, examine and copy the books, account and records of
Contractor to verify (i) amounts payable to Contractor under this Agreement, (ii) compliance
by Contractor with the Regulations, the Policies and its obligations pursuant to this
Agreement, and (iii) adherence by Contractor to Company’s business ethics Policy whether or
not payments made in violation of such Policy have been charged by Contractor to Company.

	17.2	 	Maintenance of Records

Contractor shall maintain, and shall ensure that its Affiliates and Subcontractors maintain,
full and complete records of all costs of the Work in accordance with generally accepted
accounting practices in the United States for a period of not less than two (2) years after
completion of the Work or earlier termination of this Agreement. Such records shall include
accounting records, written policies and procedures, subcontract files (including
documentation covering negotiated settlements), and any other supporting evidence necessary
to substantiate charges related to this Agreement.

	17.3	 	Audit

During the term of this Agreement and for two (2) years after the date of final payment by
Company to Contractor pursuant to this Agreement, any person authorized by Company in
writing shall have the right to inspect, copy and review any such books, records and
accounts of Contractor and its Affiliates and Subcontractors during normal business hours to
the extent necessary to adequately permit evaluation and verification invoices, payments and
claims submitted by Contractor or any of its payees pursuant to this Agreement. Such
records subject to examination shall also include, but not be limited to, those records
necessary to evaluate and verify direct and indirect costs (including overhead allocations)
as they may apply to costs associated with this Agreement.

	17.4	 	Access to Facilities and Records

Contractor shall provide reasonable assistance to Company for such audits. Company or its
authorized representative shall have access to Contractor’s facilities, shall have access to
all necessary records, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate workspace, in order to
conduct audits in compliance with this Article. Company’s agent or its authorized
representative shall give Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits.

	17.5	 	Audit Adjustments

If an audit reveals any discrepancy or error, such discrepancy or error shall be promptly
corrected and the corresponding reimbursement to or payment by Company (as the case may be)
shall be made, if appropriate within 30 days of the notification of the amount of such
discrepancy or error.

	17.6	 	Cost of Audit

If an audit discloses overcharges of any nature by Contractor to Company in excess of one
(1) percent of the total contract billings, or any material violation of the terms of this
Agreement, the actual cost of such audit shall be paid by Contractor.

	17.7	 	Subcontractors

Contractor shall ensure that the provisions of this Article 17 are included in all
subcontracts it may enter into with its Affiliates and Subcontractors and any other person
who will supply any of the Contractor Personnel, materials or Contractor Equipment or carry
out any of the Work or perform any obligation of Contractor under this Agreement. Failure
to include such provisions in written

Section
I -  Page 27

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

contracts shall be reason to exclude some or all of
the related payee’s costs from amounts payable to Contractor pursuant to this Agreement.

ARTICLE 18

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING

	18.1	 	Assignment by Company

Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement in whole or in part. This Agreement
shall be binding upon and ensure to the Company’s successors and assigns.

	18.2	 	Assignment by Contractor

Except as provided in Schedule “F” of this Agreement, Contractor shall not assign this
Agreement, the Work or any part hereof or thereof, or any monies due or to become due under
this Agreement without the prior written consent of Company, which may be granted or
withheld in Company’s sole discretion. No assignment of this Agreement or any Work shall
relieve Contractor of its obligations hereunder. All covenants and agreements contained in
this Agreement shall extend to and be binding upon the successors and assigns of Contractor
and Company, except that Contractor shall not assign this Agreement nor any monies to become
due under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Company, and any such
assignment without such consent shall be null and void.

	18.3	 	Subcontractors

	 	(a)	 	Contractor shall obtain Company’s written approval before entering into any
Subcontract. Company shall have the right to withhold its consent to the making of any
Subcontract, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Contractor shall obtain Company’s prior written approval of all Subcontractors
intended to be used in the performance of such Work. Consent by Company is deemed to
have been given in respect of Subcontractors named in Schedule “F” hereof.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Contractor shall be liable for the acts, defaults and omissions of all
Subcontractors as if they were the acts, faults or omissions of Contractor, whether or
not such acts, faults or omissions were known to or authorized by Contractor.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Company shall have the right to require the removal from the Work of any
Subcontractor for any justifiable reason.
	 
	 	(e)	 	No Subcontract shall bind or purport to bind Company; however, every
Subcontract shall expressly reserve Contractor’s right to freely assign such
Subcontract to Company.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Contractor shall check all Work done by Subcontractors in full detail and keep
such records and furnish such reports and information relative to Subcontractor and
Subcontractor’s Work as Company may request. The Work of any Subcontractor, and any
materials furnished by a Subcontractor, shall be subject to inspection in the same
manner as the Work, material and Contractor Equipment, and all Subcontracts shall so
provide.

ARTICLE 19

LIABILITIES AND INDEMNITIES

	19.1	 	Acts of Contractor and Contractor Personnel

Contractor shall be responsible for and shall release, indemnify, defend and hold Company
Group harmless from and against any and all Claims arising out of or alleged to have arisen
out of the act, omission, negligence, breach of contract or other legal fault of any member
of

Section
I -  Page 28

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	 	 	Contractor Group, as well as any and all Claims made, sustained or incurred by Company Group
in connection with or arising out of this Agreement or the performance of the Work by any
member of the Contractor Group.
	 
	19.2	 	Specific Claims

	 	(a)	 	Contractor shall be responsible for and shall release, indemnify, defend and
hold Company Group harmless from and against any and all Claims made, sustained or
incurred by Company in connection with or arising from damage to roads, bridges or
highways caused by Contractor, and agrees to pay for all such damage to roads, bridges
or highways.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Contractor shall be responsible for and shall release, indemnify, defend and
hold Company Group harmless from and against any and all Claims made, sustained,
incurred or alleged to have been sustained in connection with or arising from blasting
or the use of explosives by Contractor or any of the Contractor Personnel.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Contractor shall be responsible for and shall release, indemnify, defend and
hold Company Group harmless from and against all Claims for surface pollution arising
from trash or debris and all subsurface pollution, including pollution of subsurface
aquifers generated by any member of Contractor Group or arising from fuel, oil and
other debris spilled from any equipment or for any disposal, dumping, soil erosion,
spillage, environmental liability or pollution or contaminant of any kind from or
associated with the Contractor Personnel, the equipment or the Work, regardless of
cause, including the sole or concurrent negligence of any member of Company Group.

	19.3	 	Compliance with Regulations
	 
	 	 	Contractor shall further release, indemnify, defend and hold Company Group harmless from and
against any and all Claims arising out of or alleged to have arisen out of any failure or
neglect of Contractor and any Contractor Personnel to observe and comply with any
Regulation.
	 
	19.4	 	Patents and Intellectual Property Indemnity
	 
	 	 	Contractor shall be responsible for and shall release, indemnify, defend and hold Company
Group harmless from and against any and all Claims made, sustained or incurred by Company in
connection with or arising from any use or infringement, real or claimed, of any patented or
unpatented invention, article, machine, appliance, manufacture, structure, composition,
arrangement, improvement, design, device and/or method or process embodied or used in the
performance of this Agreement, including its use by Company.
	 
	19.5	 	Company Right to Defend
	 
	 	 	Company shall have the right, if it so elects, to take an active part in the defense of any
Claim, and to file intervention or other similar proceedings therein if it deems such action
desirable. Contractor shall have the right to make settlement of any Claim as it may be
deemed expedient by Contractor, provided that if Contractor fails to make settlement of any
Claim within a period of thirty (30) days after notice of such Claim has been given to
Contractor by Company and if Company believes in good faith that the failure to make a
satisfactory settlement of such Claim might harm Company in its relations with the claimant
or others and so notifies Contractor, and if within ten (10) days after such notice
Contractor fails to make settlement with such claimant, Company in its discretion may make
such settlement as Company believes reasonable, and Contractor agrees immediately to
reimburse Company for all or such portion of the amount so paid in settlement as Company in
its sole discretion designates if Contractor fails to reimburse Company, Company may at its
option deduct such amount from the amounts payable to Contractor; provided that such action
by Company shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default by Contractor under this
Agreement.

Section I -  Page 29

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

ARTICLE 20

INSURANCE

	20.1	 	Insurance Required of Contractor
	 
	 	 	From and after the date of this Agreement, Contractor shall carry insurance as set forth in
this Article 20 at Contractor’s sole expense. Failure to procure and maintain said insurance
shall constitute sufficient grounds for immediate termination or suspension of this
Agreement by Company.

	 	(a)	 	During the Term of this Agreement, Contractor shall fully comply with all
applicable requirements of all employment insurance, workers’ compensation and
occupational health and safety Regulations for the state where the work occurs and in
any jurisdiction in which the Services shall be performed.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Contractor shall provide its employees, contractors and agents with appropriate
workers’ compensation coverage and shall require that each of its subcontractors also
provide such appropriate workers’ compensation coverage.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Contractor shall, if required by the Company, provide evidence of the workers’
compensation coverage.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Contractor shall obtain and continuously carry during the term of this
Agreement including any guarantee period, at its own expense and cost, the following
insurance with insurers and in a form acceptable to Company, and with limits not less
than those shown in the respective terms:

	 	(i)	 	Contractor shall comply with all requirements of applicable
unemployment insurance legislation during the term of this Agreement;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Automobile Liability Insurance covering all motor vehicles
owned, leased, operated and/or licensed by Contractor with a minimum bodily
injury and property damage limit of Two Million $ 2,000,000.00;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	Comprehensive General Liability Insurance (on a worldwide
basis) with a bodily injury, death and property damage limit of Five Million
$5,000,000.00; and without restricting the generality of the foregoing
provisions of this sub-clause, such coverage shall include the following
extensions commonly known as: Products and Completed Operations Liability;
Blanket Contractual Liability: Personal Injury; Occurrence Property Damage
coverage; Broad Form Property Damage coverage; Non Owned Automobile Liability;
Contingent Employers’ Liability; and Cross Liability clause;

	 	(f)	 	Contractor shall provide evidence of the insurance in the form of Certificates
of Insurance, or as otherwise requested by CNG, within five (5) days from the execution
of this Agreement.

	20.2	 	No Limit of Liability
	 
	 	 	The amount of Contractor’s insurance shall not be construed as a limit of Contractor’s
liability hereunder and Company in no way warrants the adequacy or suitability of
Contractor’s insurance as stipulated in this Agreement.
	 
	20.3	 	Notice to Company
	 
	 	 	The insurance provided by Contractor pursuant to this Article shall provide that thirty (30)
days written notice shall be given to Company prior to any material change to or
cancellation of any policy.

Section I -  Page 30

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	20.4	 	Company Group as Additional Insureds
	 
	 	 	All policies of insurance required pursuant to this Article shall name as additional
insureds, and provide by endorsement or otherwise that insurer waives its right to
subrogation as against, Company Group and all persons with whom Company may be
participating.
	 
	20.5	 	Subcontractors’ Insurance
	 
	 	 	Contractor shall cause every Subcontractor and agent retained by Contractor to carry
insurance of the types and amounts necessary to cover risks inherent in the work of the
particular Subcontractors or agents. Any such insurance shall:

	 	(a)	 	name as additional insureds the Company Group and any other interested parties
nominated by Company; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	be endorsed to provide that the insurers waive all rights of recovery by
subrogation or otherwise as against Company Group.

	 	 	Any deficiency in or lack of insurance on the part of a Subcontractor or agent shall be the
sole responsibility of Contractor.
	 
	20.6	 	Deductibles
	 
	 	 	All policy deductibles contained in Contractor’s or Subcontractors’ policies of insurance
shall be for the sole account of Contractor.
	 
	20.7	 	Certificates of Insurance
	 
	 	 	Certified copies of the certificates of insurance policies obtained by Contractor and each
Subcontractor and the receipts for the payment of the premiums shall be submitted to Company
immediately upon execution of this Agreement or a Subcontract, as the case may be.
	 
	20.8	 	Right of Company to Insure
	 
	 	 	If Contractor or any Subcontractor fails to furnish to Company a certified copy of each
policy certificate required to be obtained hereunder or proof of payment of premium for such
policy, or provides a certificate indicating that an insurance policy differs materially
from the requirements pursuant hereto, then in every such case Company may obtain and
maintain such insurance in the name of such Contractor or Subcontractor. The cost thereof
shall be payable by Contractor to Company on demand, and Company may at its election deduct
the cost thereof from any monies which are due or may become due to Contractor.

ARTICLE 21

FORCE MAJEURE

	21.1	 	Definition
	 
	 	 	“Force Majeure” any event or circumstance beyond the reasonable control of a Party which
prevents or impedes the due performance of this Agreement, and which by the exercise of
reasonable diligence, such Party is unable to prevent, including acts of God, strikes,
lockouts or other industrial disturbances, acts of the public enemies, wars, blockades,
insurrections, riots, civil disturbances, explosions, epidemics, landslides, lightning,
earthquakes, fires, storms, floods, washouts, nuclear and radiation activity and Regulatory
orders, restraints or prohibitions preventing the supply of labor, material or any item or
items necessary or desirable to the performance of the Work. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
and for further certainty, rain, wind, flood or other natural phenomena of normal intensity
for the area shall not be considered an occurrence of Force Majeure. The mere shortage of
personnel or equipment, accidents and mechanical breakdowns shall not constitute Force
Majeure unless caused by events or circumstances that are themselves Force Majeure. Lack of
finances is not Force Majeure.

Section I -  Page 31

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	21.2	 	No Liability
	 
	 	 	Except as may be specifically otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither Party shall be
liable for any delay in or failure of performance of the terms of this Agreement (other than
to make payments of money and to perform indemnification obligations) if and to the extent
such delay or failure is attributable to Force Majeure.
	 
	21.3	 	Notice
	 
	 	 	If either Party is rendered unable, wholly or in part, by Force Majeure, to carry out its
obligations under this Agreement, then upon such Party’s giving notice and full particulars
of such Force Majeure in writing to the other Party as soon as reasonably possible after the
occurrence of the Force Majeure, then the obligations under this Agreement of the Party
giving such notice, so far as it is affected by such Force Majeure, shall be suspended for
so long as the circumstances of Force Majeure continue. A Party so affected by Force
Majeure shall use every reasonable effort to minimize the effect of Force Majeure upon the
performance of this Agreement and shall promptly resume performance as soon as reasonably
possible after removal of the circumstances of Force Majeure. Such Party shall keep the
other Party regularly informed as to the progress of such event of Force Majeure and shall
provide the other Party with such written reports as the other Party may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 22

GENERAL

	22.1	 	Entire Agreement
	 
	 	 	The terms, obligations, conditions, provisions and covenants found within this Agreement
shall set forth the complete understanding of the Parties hereto and shall supersede all
proposals, negotiations and representations made prior to the execution hereof. No oral
instruction, objection, claim or notice by any Party to the other shall affect or modify any
of the terms or obligations contained in any of this Agreement, and none of the provisions
of this Agreement shall be held to be waived or modified by reason of any act whatsoever,
other than by an agreed waiver or modification thereof in writing.
	 
	22.2	 	No Waiver

	 	(a)	 	Neither an extension of time for any reason beyond the date fixed herein for
the completion of the Work, or any part thereof, beyond the date or dates specified on
this Agreement, nor the performance of or payment for any portion of the Work, shall be
deemed to be a waiver of the rights of Company set forth in this Agreement.
	 
	 	(b)	 	The failure of Company to pursue any remedy afforded it in this Agreement shall
not constitute a waiver of its right at any subsequent time to pursue such remedy, nor
shall it constitute a waiver of its right at any subsequent time to pursue any other
remedy afforded it under this Agreement, at law or in equity. No waiver by Company of
its right to pursue any or all such remedies on account of the happening of any event
or events of default shall be, or be deemed to be, a waiver of such rights of Company
with respect to any subsequent events of default.

	22.3	 	Notices
	 
	 	 	All notices and communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have
been properly received when delivered personally and in lieu of personal service may be
given or made by prepaid telegram or fax or by mailing the notice to the Party at the
following address by prepaid registered mail to:

Section I -  Page 32

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

			
	          Company:	 	CORNING NATURAL GAS CORPORATION

PO Box 58

Corning, NY

14830-2152

Attention: Ray Spear, System Planning Supervisor

			
	                               Contractor:	 	CONTRACTOR’S NAME

CONTRACTOR’S ADDRESS

CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

Attention: CONTACT NAME

	 	 	Notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received one (1) day after the date
of sending in the case of a telegram or fax, and five (5) days after the date of mailing in
the case of mailing excluding in either case Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays.
Either Party may change its address by notice to the other Party of that change.
	 
	22.4	 	Confidential Information

	 	(a)	 	All information that Company may furnish to Contractor or which Contractor may
obtain, create or have access to by reason of this Agreement or any Work there under,
including all extractions thereof, and any notes, memoranda, analysis, completions,
interpretation, data, studies, reports, logs, records, cores and samples (collectively
the “Confidential Information”) shall be the property of Company and shall be for its
exclusive use and benefit.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Confidential Information shall (i) be held in strict confidence by Contractor
and Contractor Personnel, (ii) not be divulged or released in any manner to any person
without Company’s prior, written consent, and (iii) be used only as required for Work
and not for any other purpose.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Immediately upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, Contractor shall
deliver to Company all Confidential Information, together with all material containing
Confidential Information (other than Contractor copies of expense records and daily
reports that Contractor is required by the Regulations to retain). Any Confidential
Information required to be maintained by Contractor or Contractor Personnel pursuant to
the Regulations shall be released only as and to the extent required pursuant to the
Regulations.

	22.5	 	Public Announcements

	 	(a)	 	Contractor Group shall not announce or publicly disclose any information
concerning this Agreement, the Work or transactions contemplated by this Agreement
without Company’s prior written approval. Contractor shall submit for Company’s review
and approval drafts of any press releases and other releases of information for
dissemination to the public pertaining hereto.
	 
	 	(b)	 	However, nothing in this Article 22.5 shall prevent a member of Contractor
Group from furnishing any information to any Governmental agency or regulatory
authority or to the public, but only insofar as is required by this Agreement, law of
the Survey Area, law of such member’s country of incorporation, or the rules of any
stock exchanges on which such member’s or an affiliates’ shares are listed; provided
that a member of Contractor Group that proposes to make such a public disclosure shall,
to the extent reasonably possible, provide Company with a draft of such statement in
sufficient time prior to its release to enable Company to review such draft and advise
such member of Contractor Group of any comments it may have respecting same.

	22.6	 	Anti-Corruption

	 	(a)	 	No Contractor Personnel shall:

Section I - Page 33

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	 	(i)	 	give or receive any commission, fee, rebate, gift or
entertainment of significant cost or value in connection with any Work; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	enter into any business arrangement with any Company Personnel
without prior written notification thereof to Company.

	 	(b)	 	Contractor shall promptly notify Company of any violation of this Article 22.6.
Any consideration received as a result of such violation shall be paid over or
credited to Company. If any violation of this Article has occurred prior to the date
of this Agreement and has resulted, directly or indirectly, in Company entering into
this Agreement with Contractor, Company may, in its sole discretion, terminate this
Agreement effective immediately upon notice to Contractor. Company shall not be
obliged to pay any compensation or reimbursement to Contractor for any Work performed
following the date of termination. Company may audit any and all records of Contractor
and Contractor Personnel for the purpose of determining whether there has been
compliance with this Article.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Contractor represents and warrants that it is aware of Company’s Policy on
Business Conduct. In accordance therewith, Contractor shall not give, nor promise to
give, any loan, reward, advantage, benefit or anything of value, directly or
indirectly, to any government official, political party, party official, candidate for
political office or official of any government company for the purposes of influencing
any official act or decision, inducing such official to do or omit to do any action in
violation of his or her lawful duty, or securing any improper advantage in order to
assist Company or its Affiliates in obtaining or retaining business. Contractor shall
further not receive or possess any property knowing that it was obtained in violation
of the foregoing provisions and shall not transfer or deal with any such property with
the intent to conceal or convert such property. Contractor agrees to provide
certifications of its conduct as requested from time to time by Company. Any breach of
the provisions of this Article by Contractor shall entitle Company to terminate this
Agreement immediately without payment of any compensation or fee whatsoever.

	22.7	 	Severability of Provisions
	 
	 	 	Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if any provision is
determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such
invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those
portions of this Agreement that are valid, enforceable and legal.
	 
	22.8	 	Drafting
	 
	 	 	No consideration shall be given to the fact or presumption that one Party has a greater or
lesser hand in drafting this Agreement.
	 
	22.9	 	Time of Essence
	 
	 	 	Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.
	 
	22.10	 	Governing Law
	 
	 	 	This Agreement and each CVRO, and all matters and disputes hereunder and thereunder, shall
be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws in force in the State of New York.
All disputes, claims or proceedings between the Parties relating to the validity,
construction or performance of this Agreement shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction
of the courts of the State of New York. The Parties hereby irrevocably waive any objection
to the laying of venue in the above courts, and further irrevocably waive any objection
based on the doctrine of forum non conveniens or similar grounds that the above courts are
inconvenient for determination of the above matters.

Section I - Page 34

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

	22.11	 	Survival
	 
	 	 	The following provisions of this Agreement shall survive its expiry or termination for the
maximum period permitted under applicable law: Articles 1, 3, 5, 12, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20 and
22. Further, all other provisions of this Agreement respecting rights and obligations upon
termination, liability and indemnification, payment obligations, audit rights and settlement
of accounts shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, for those
relevant time periods specified herein.
	 
	22.12	 	Counterpart and Facsimile Execution
	 
	 	 	This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
original of this Agreement and the executed counterparts shall together constitute one
instrument and have the same force and effect as if both of the Parties had executed the
same instrument; provided that neither Party shall be bound to this Agreement unless and
until both Parties have executed a counterpart. A signature page signed by a Party and sent
by facsimile machine to the other Party shall be deemed to be valid as an original and shall
be binding as between the Parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Contract Agreement as of the day and year first
above written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	CORNING NATURAL GAS CORPORATION

	 	CONTRACTOR’S NAME	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

(Signature)

	 	 

(Signature)
	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

Matt Cook, Vice President of Operations

	 	 

(Print Name and Title)
	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

(Signature)

	 	 

(Signature)
	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

(Print Name and Title)

	 	 

(Print Name and Title)
	 	 

Section I - Page 35

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

SECTION II

Schedules and Appendices

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

Schedule “A”

SCOPE OF WORK,

SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS

Scope of Work, Specifications and Drawings

Schedule “A” Page 1

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

SCHEDULE “A”

	1.0	 	SCOPE

This is the Engineering Specification for the Company’s 2008 Bare Steel replacement program:

	 	 	 
	Section 1

	 	SCOPE defined what Work is to be done.
	Section 2

	 	DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS.
	Section 3

	 	PROJECT DESCRIPTION.
	Section 4

	 	WORK TO BE PERFORMED.
	Section 5

	 	DOCUMENTATION DELIVERABLES defines minimum documents expected with the bids, and
Contractor prepared documentation during construction.
	Section 6

	 	DESIGN defines the Contractor’s design responsibility.
	Section 7

	 	MATERIALS specifies the permanent materials to be used in this Work.
	Section 8

	 	CONSTRUCTION specifies the methods used to do the Work.
	Section 9

	 	REGULATIONS AND CODES defines the regulations and codes applicable to the Work.
	Section 10

	 	COMPANY ENGINEERING DRAWINGS lists the engineering drawings applicable to this
Work.

This specification covers the installation of the pipelines and facilities associated with
the tie-in of gas wells from existing and newly drilled sites at various locations in the
Corning, New York area.

	2.0	 	DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations are used throughout this document:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	A / G
	 	Above Ground
	 

	 	c/w
	 	Complete With
	 

	 	l ft
	 	Lineal foot
	 

	 	in.
	 	1 Inch
	 

	 	MAOP
	 	Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure
	 

	 	NPS
	 	Nominal Pipe Size
	 

	 	OD
	 	Outside Diameter
	 

	 	P/L
	 	Pipeline
	 

	 	ROW
	 	Right Of Way
	 

	 	U / G
	 	Under Ground
	 

	 	WT
	 	Wall Thickness
	 

	 	dwgs
	 	drawings
	 

	 	BOM
	 	bill of material

Page 1

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

SCHEDULE “A”

	3.0	 	PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The intent of these projects is to replace existing outdated main and services in the
Corning Natural Gas System per the attached drawings.

	4.0	 	Work to Be Performed

The pipeline work described in these Contract Documents consists of:

	 	–	 	taking delivery of pipe and other materials furnished by the Company at the
consignment point
	 
	 	–	 	unloading such pipe and materials where necessary and transporting them to
the work site
	 
	 	–	 	clearing ROWs as required
	 
	 	–	 	installing and maintaining environmental protection systems
	 
	 	–	 	performing special clearing and restoration activities in active agricultural areas
	 
	 	–	 	stringing pipe and other materials along the ROWs
	 
	 	–	 	bending
	 
	 	–	 	ditching
	 
	 	–	 	welding and / or fusion
	 
	 	–	 	installing shrink sleeves or taping welded joints
	 
	 	–	 	lowering-in
	 
	 	–	 	tie-in in at each end of pipeline segment
	 
	 	–	 	supply and install pipe supports for riser piping and other above ground appurtenances
	 
	 	–	 	backfilling
	 
	 	–	 	pressure testing pipeline to minimum of 90 psig
	 
	 	–	 	pigging as deemed necessary by the Company
	 
	 	–	 	clean-up and restoration of pipeline ROWs
	 
	 	–	 	repairing fences
	 
	 	–	 	installing pipeline warning signs
	 
	 	–	 	installing cathodic protection systems as needed
	 
	 	–	 	prime and paint above ground piping
	 
	 	–	 	seeding & fertilizing the ROWs
	 
	 	–	 	and doing all other work necessary to ready the pipeline for operation

The depth of cover throughout the length of the pipeline shall be a minimum of 30 in.

All work will be completed in strict accordance with the job description, price schedule,
drawings, and specifications herein.

Contractor shall be responsible for the complete installation of road and pipeline
crossings. All roads to be crossed will have a minimum 5.0 ft. depth of cover unless a
different depth is required by permit.

Page 2

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

SCHEDULE “A”

	5.0	 	DOCUMENTATION DELIVERABLES

The following documentation must be delivered to the Company rep within 24 hr of the
completion of the relevant activity:

	 	–	 	Checked and signed pipe tally sheets
	 
	 	–	 	Checked and signed packing slips (required 24 hr prior to the final test
pressure testing)
	 
	 	–	 	All calibration affidavits for pressure test chart recorders (required 24 hr
prior to the final test pressure testing)
	 
	 	–	 	All test charts
	 
	 	–	 	Updated weekly progress report, complete with cost control data (delivered
each Tuesday 08:00 to Company rep)
	 
	 	–	 	All accident reports
	 
	 	–	 	Copies of all daily safety meeting minute’s.

	6.0	 	DESIGN

Pipeline design is by the Company and is NOT part of the Contract Work, but should a
suspected design error be noted, it shall be brought to the attention of the Company’s
Representative for resolution.

The design of temporary construction facilities is the Contractor’s responsibility.

	7.0	 	MATERIALS

All permanent materials shall comply with the requirements of those documents identified in
Section 11. The following section defines Company supplied materials and Contractor
supplied materials.

	 	7.1	 	Company Supplied Materials

The Contractor shall pick-up all project related materials supplied by the Company
at the Company designated location. Any and all materials picked up by
Contractor shall be checked out by Warehouseman before being removed from Company
building.

	 	7.2	 	Contractor Supplied Materials

Contractor shall supply all permanent and consumable supplies and materials that are
not specified to be supplied by Company under Section 7.1. Contractor furnished
materials shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

	 	–	 	All machines and vehicles, complete with fuel & lubricants
	 
	 	–	 	All necessary fusion equipment
	 
	 	–	 	All Cad weld materials
	 
	 	–	 	All select fill, gravel and sand including sand bags
	 
	 	–	 	All pigs necessary for cleaning, gauging, wire brushing, and testing
the pipelines
	 
	 	–	 	All test heads, dead weight testers, hoses, fittings, pressure and
temperature recorders
	 
	 	–	 	All skids for pipe stringing
	 
	 	–	 	All temporary warning signs and barricades

Page 3

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

SCHEDULE “A”

	 	7.3	 	Receiving and Inspection

Contractor shall receive materials purchased by the Company at the locations
specified by Company’s Purchase Orders.

The Contractor shall comply with the same receiving and inspection procedures for
both Company purchased materials and Contractor purchased materials.

The Receiver shall ensure that packing slips are transferred with the materials.
The packing slips must clearly reference the Purchase Order number, the materials
quantities being delivered, and any items on back order (the Receiver shall have the
receiving copy of Company’s Purchase Order in his possession for reference):

Contractor’s Receiver shall inspect all materials using the following procedures:

	 	–	 	The Receiver shall tally the quantities of the incoming materials, compare
them with the Packing Slip from the vendor and record any overages or shortages
on the Material Receiving Report (MRR). Under no circumstances shall the
Receiver sign-off that all materials as noted on the Packing Slip have been
received until that fact has been verified.
	 
	 	–	 	The Receiver shall inspect the received materials for compliance with the
specifications and will record any deficiencies on the MRR. Certification
documents to be supplied by the vendor with the shipment that are not included
will be recorded as deficiencies.
	 
	 	–	 	When overages, shortages, and deficiencies are encountered, the Receiver
shall contact the Company immediately for resolution.
	 
	 	–	 	Once authorized to load the material, the transfer of care, custody, and
control of the materials shifts from the Vendor to the Contractor.

	 	7.4	 	Site Materials, Storage and Control

The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining control over the site inventory
of materials. Once the Contractor has signed for material received, Contractor
will be responsible for replacing any lost material.

	 	7.5	 	Site Procurement of Materials

If the Contractor has noted a shortage of any materials he was responsible to
purchase, the Contractor shall purchase all make-up materials.

	8.0	 	CONSTRUCTION

All construction activities shall be performed by qualified tradesmen. The activities shall
be executed in a workmanlike manner and shall present a neat, quality appearance when
completed.

The Contractor shall allow access to other Contractors on and around the construction site
and shall co-ordinate his activities with the other Contractors so as not to disrupt them or
cause a negative impact to the project schedule. The Contractor shall be responsible for
the repair of any completed work damaged during construction activities.

Page 4

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

SCHEDULE “A”

	9.0	 	REGULATIONS, CODES, and STANDARDS

	 	9.1	 	Regulations

The Work must comply with the regulatory requirements of all governmental
authorities and others having jurisdiction in the area. These include:

	 	–	 	Corning Natural Gas Corporation Construction Standards
	 
	 	–	 	Applicable State of New York Public Service Commission Order Granting
Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and Public Need
	 
	 	–	 	New York State Compilation of Codes, Rules and Regulations, Title 16, Part
255: Transmission and Distribution of Gas WITH ALL RULES PERTANING TO GAS
DISTRIBUTION LINES CONSTRUCTED BY CORNING NATURAL GAS CORP.
	 
	 	–	 	New York State Department of Environmental Conservation regulations
regarding stream, wetland, and other jurisdictional areas.
	 
	 	–	 	United States Army Corp. of Engineers regulations and requirements regarding
stream and wetland areas.
	 
	 	–	 	NYSPSC Environmental Management and Construction Standards and Practices for
Underground Transmission and Distribution Facilities in New York State.
	 
	 	–	 	New York State Department of Agriculture and Markets requirements.
	 
	 	–	 	Federal OSHA Regulations, requirements, and guidelines pertaining to safe
work practices.
	 
	 	–	 	Various State, County, City, Village, and Town highway ROW requirements.
	 
	 	–	 	Various other Federal, State, County, City, Village, Town, and other local
laws, ordnances, rules, and other requirements.
	 
	 	9.2	 	Industry Codes

The Work shall be performed in accordance with the latest edition of all government,
industry, and other codes and standards including but not limited to:

	 	–	 	ASME B31.8: Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems.
	 
	 	–	 	Code of Federal Regulations, Title 49, Part 192: Transportation
of Natural and other Gas by Pipeline: Minimum Federal Safety Standards.
	 
	 	–	 	American Gas Association, Purging Principles and Practices.
	 
	 	–	 	ASTM D448 Standard classification for sizes of aggregate for
road and bridge construction.
	 
	 	–	 	ASTM D1557 Test method for laboratory compaction
characteristics of soil using modified effort.
	 
	 	–	 	NACE RP0169 Control of external corrosion on underground or
submerged metallic piping systems.
	 
	 	9.3	 	CONFLICTING REGULATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS

In the event that there is any conflict between any of the aforementioned
Regulations, Codes, Standards, and /or any of the Specifications, Drawings, or
Instructions, the most stringent requirement in the opinion of the Company is in
effect.

Page 5

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

SCHEDULE “A”

	10.0	 	COMPANY ENGINEERING DRAWINGS
	 
	 	 	The attached are the engineering drawings for this project.
	 
	11.0	 	Technical Specifications
	 
	 	 	Attached are the Company’s Technical Specifications governing the work to be
performed.

Page 6

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

Schedule “B”

REMUNERATION

CONTRACT COSTS

	1.	 	General

	 	1.1	 	Company will pay Contractor the lump sum not to exceed amount applicable for
performance of the Work and undertaking of all obligations under this Contract, and any
amendments thereto, as defined by the Scope of Work (Schedule “A”).
	 
	 	1.2	 	Contractor shall be paid for Changes and Extra Work in accordance with an
approved estimate.
	 
	 	1.3	 	Contractor shall submit quantity measurement sheets or milestone progress
payment reports for approval by the Company on a weekly basis.
	 
	 	1.4	 	Contractor shall submit separate invoices for each pipeline / facilities
project released against this Contract. All invoices, correspondence and time sheets
pertaining to this Agreement must reference the contract number shown in the section
labelled Instructions to Bidders, paragraph 2.
	 
	 	1.5	 	State, local and other similar taxes, if applicable, must each be shown as
separate items on all invoices.
	 
	 	1.6	 	Terms of Payment: Net 30 days from receipt of invoice by Company subject to the
holdbacks specified in these Contract Documents.

	2.	 	Extra Work and Changes to the Work

	 	2.1	 	All charges for Extra Work shall be estimated by Contractor and accepted by
Company prior to commencement of such Extra Work. The agreed upon amount shall be based
upon the Blanket Contract rates provided to the Company that was supplied with this bid
document, shall then become the control estimate for the Extra Work. It is agreed and
understood that under no circumstances shall the Company be obligated to pay any
amounts in addition to the amount of the control estimate without the prior approval of
the Company.
	 
	 	2.2	 	When the Contractor believes that Extra Work is required he/she shall submit to
the Company a Change Work Order (CWO) detailing the work and the cost.

	 	2.2.1	 	Contractor shall provide such documentation as may be required
by the Company.
	 
	 	2.2.2	 	Company will pay no charges for Extra Work without prior
written approval in the form of a fully executed CWO.

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

SCHEDULE “C”

Construction Schedule

Contractor shall attach its proposed Construction Schedule for the Work, to meet the Construction
Schedule as set forth in this Agreement.

The Contractor shall adhere to the Construction Schedule in every respect.

Changes to the Construction Schedule must be approved by the Company and shall be evidenced by a
fully executed CWO.

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

SCHEDULE “D”

Contractor Personnel

The names of the Project Manager, Lead Site Engineers, Foremen and other key personnel that the
Contractor will place on the Project and their experience on this type of Work are:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Name	 	Profession/occupation	 	Title	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

Company reserves the right to request resumes of Contractor’s lead or supervisory personnel and, in
addition, Company may request to interview such personnel prior to the start of the Work.
Contractor shall not assign any personnel to the Work who have not been accepted by Company.

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

SCHEDULE “E”

Contractor Equipment

The size, model and make of the equipment, including site office trailers and vans, which the
Contractor will place on this Project and use during the course of Work are:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Equipment	 	Model	 	Make/Year	 	Value	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 

(Contractor may attach its Corporate Rate Schedule to this Table provided that the value of each
piece of Contractor’s Equipment assigned to the Work is listed for insurance purposes.)

 

 

SCHEDULE “F”

Subcontractors and Vendors

	4.0	 	Sub-Contractors List
	 
	 	 	Company approves the following Subcontractors and Vendors for the purpose of performing
parts of the Work or for the purpose of furnishing materials and equipment to the Contractor
in the performance of the Work.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Description of Work to be	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Name & Address of	 	Subcontracted or Items	 	Percentage of Total Value of	 	 	 	 
	Subcontractor or Vendor	 	Purchased	 	Work to be Subcontracted (%)	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

 

Corning Natural Gas Corporation

SCHEDULE “G”

CERTIFICATE OF FINAL PAYMENT AND RELEASE

			
	TO:	 	CORNING NATURAL GAS CORPORATION

FROM:
                                                             (the “Contractor”)

With reference to Contract #                      dated                           
                    
                                  .

between the Contractor and Company, the Contractor hereby certifies that it has made full payment
for all costs, charges and expenses incurred by it or on its behalf for work, labor, services,
materials, and equipment supplied and/or used in performance of its obligations under the above
noted contract.

The Contractor further certifies that each subcontractor, agent or representative in its employ or
other authorized agent who represents the Contractor has made full payment for all costs, charges
and expenses incurred by it or on its behalf for work, labor, services, materials, and equipment
supplied and/or used in performance of its obligations.

In consideration of $                                         paid by Company to the Contractor as full and final
payment for the above noted contract, the Contractor hereby unconditionally remises, releases and
forever discharges Company, its premises and property from any and all actions, demands, causes of
actions, suits, debts, duties, accounts, bonds, covenants, contracts, claims, liens and obligations
which the Contractor now has or hereinafter can, shall or may have, for or by reason of, any cause,
matter or thing whatsoever existing up to the present time and in particular without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, for or by reason of or in any way arising out of or in connection with
performance of the Contractor’s obligations under the terms of the above noted contract and any
amendments or attachments thereto or any subcontractor, agent, representative, or its employees
acting on the Contractor’s behalf, and any and all claims for monies, advances, salaries, expenses,
benefits, director’s fees or other remuneration whatsoever, whether covered by law, resolution,
contract or otherwise.

The foregoing shall not relieve the Contractor of its obligations under the said contract and any
amendments thereto, which by their nature survive completion of the work, including, without
limitation, warranties, guarantees and indemnities.

The provisions hereof shall ensure to the benefit of Company successors and assigns and shall be
binding upon the successors and assigns of the undersigned Contractor.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned has executed this document this            day of                     , 2008.

	 	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	(Contractor)
	 	 

Note: If the Contractor is an individual the following must be used along with the Affidavit of
Execution.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED

	 	 	)	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	)	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	)	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	)	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	 	)	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	)

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00144-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00144-of-00352.parquet"}]]